Home

User`s Manual Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow

1. A 105 REVISION RECORD V IM 01 06 00 01 1 INTRODUCTION 1 INTRODUCTION This manual contains descriptions for the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type of the digitalY EWFLO vortex flowmeters The FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type is similar to the BRAIN communication type in terms of basic performance and operation This manual describes only those topics that are required for operation of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type but not contained in the User s Manual for the BRAIN communication type For topics common to the BRAIN communication and FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication types refer to the Users Manual for vortex flowmeters IM 1F6A0 01E Regarding identical items this manual has priority over IM 1F6A0 01E Regarding This Manual This manual should be passed on to the end user The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa s written permission Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this manual including but not limited to implied warranty of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose f any question arises or errors are found or if any information is missing from this manual please inform the nearest Yokogawa sales office The specifications covered by this m
2. A 66 5 MaxTokenHoldTimeArray a A 66 6 66 7 CurrentLinkSettingRecord and ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord 66 8 67 9 PlmeBasicCharacteristics 67 10 ChannelStates 67 11 0 2420 0 00 67 12 LinkScheduleActivationVariable A 67 13 LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord A 67 14 DlmeScheduleDescriptor sese A 68 15 DOMAIN 68 7 6 teet e cete Pea s de Ee rr ed A 68 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK rrr parada oi dan saco ac ce inane ak e YER ana da A 70 A8 1 Function A 70 A8 2 Functions of PID A 70 A8 3 Parameters of PID 18 qas A 71 A8 4 PID Computation A 73 A8 4 1 PV proportional and derivative Type PID I PD Control Algorithm versus PV derivative Type PID PI D Control Algorithm A 73 8 4 2 PID Control Parameters a A 73
3. A 78 A8 18 2 Process Alarms iib e ee ito iet A 78 A8 19 Example of Block Connections A 79 APPENDIX 9 DD MENLU u A 80 APPENDIX 10 METHOD U A 89 10 1 Transducer Block u l A 89 10 2 Enhanced AR e E mt ene ent teet A 93 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option A 97 A11 1 Benefits of Software Download sse A 97 A11 2 Specifications i aia aw u e at dut e eed A 97 A11 3 Preparations for Software Downloading A 97 A11 4 Software Download A 98 A11 5 Download Files aed e Poo de ee ieii A 98 A11 6 Steps after Activating a Field A 99 A11 7 Troubleshooting esses A 100 A11 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download A 100 A11 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download n A 102 A11 10 Comments on System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A 103 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager
4. Made in i eyso Japan WARNING THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP YOKOGAWA 4 Integral type converter Intrinsically safe CC ossa mG No 03ATEX1136 X IC T4 IP67 IB T4 IP67 FISCO FIELD DEVICE SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA 9 17 5 24 V DC A A REFER TO USER S MANUAL QO VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER Tamb 40 60 C 40 TO 460 C YOKOGAWA Maen a N200 yr Integral type Type n protection accevewrLo DM bum VORTEX FLOWMETER MWP MPa at 38C mw ma wu CE 3G SUK A LLL HM Ex nL IC T4 T1 ENCLOSURE IP66 IP67 32V Ci 352nF Li Omi NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C ss 9 32V DC THE PROCESS TEMP 2 200 C Med N200 YOKOGAWA Tokyo 180 8760 JAPAN WARNING POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL vp Remote type detector Type n protection digital YEGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER WW MPa at 38 C MODEL BMA J TEMP CLASS T8 T2 PROCESS TEMP 29 TO 1136 4200 1300 450 C NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 2500 N200 THE PROCESS TEMP gt 2000 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATI
5. Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter Output of Al1 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in Al1 101 OUT Total Indicates the totalized value Al01 TOTAL Output of AI2 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in AI2 Al02 OUT Output of DI1 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in DI1 0101 OUT D Output of DI2 The primary value calculated as a result of executing the function in DI2 DI02 OUT D IM 01 06 00 01 A 107 REVISION RECORD Title Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Fieldbus Communication Type Manual No IM 01F06F00 01EN Edition Date Page Revised Item 1st May 2003 New publication 2nd July 2003 Added appendix 7 DeviceViewer Unification of alarm contents 3rd October 2004 Standardized the Link Master function Revised FM intrinsically Safe Approval 4th January 2005 1 2 Added scrimptions to Safe Use of This Product 3 2 Revised a clerical error 4 1 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 4 2 Revised descriptions 4 3 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 5 1 Revised descriptions and clerical errors 5 2 Revised clerical errors 5 4 Revised a sentence 6 3 Added descriptions 8 1 Added descriptions 9 1 Revised a sentence 9 4 Revised sentences A 13 Added a description to Tag numbers A 39 Revised a Node addre
6. au 79S LINN 3AfTIOA HV Sumo a au 43S 5 uolagsu duios 4nsBe4d gan3eapduio 3eojiadns pE pinbri gg eansseud set g 296 anss 4d sep lt 206 dnies 4039 J Aysueq pouieuu qns IM 01 06 00 01 A 94 APPENDIX 10 METHOD 2 Flow Configuration Method Flow Configuration Coef method D v Display the start message v Display the following parameters CONFIG_ELEMENT01 16 Do you want to change he Flow Config Parameters Yes automatically judge Not Mode Actual Man OOS ect the Flow Config Coet display mode Change Flow Config Parameters Enter an element number to change 4 Exit Show Flow Config Parameters v Do es to 1 gt Display the following parameters is elements CONFIG_ELEMENT01 16 Yes Display the end message AR_FLOW_CONFIG_ELEMENT 5 Tm D v Set the following parameters A 95 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 10 METHOD 3 Con
7. Field Instrument ee Hazardous Location Non Hazardous Location 1 Wire for T termina With Temperature sensor ype installed Without Temperature sensor type not installed FM Approved Associated Nonincendive Field Wiring Apparatus Vt or Voc It or Isv Ca La 10 9 F100201 2 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT A NOTE Rone Dust tight conduit seal must be used when installed in Class II and Class III environments Installation should be in accordance with the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 Sections 504 and 505 The configuration of Associated Nonincendive Field Wiring Apparatus must be FM Approved Associated Nonincendive Field Wiring Apparatus manufacturer s installation drawing must be followed when installing this equipment No revision to drawing without prior FM Approvals Terminator and supply unit must be FM Approved If use ordinary wirings the general purpose equipment must have nonincendive field wiring terminal approved by FM Ap provals The nonincendive field wiring circuit concept allows interconnection of nonincendive field wiring apparatus with associated nonincendive field wiring apparatus using any of the wiring methods permitted for unclassified locations Installation requirements Vmax 2 Voc or Vt Imax see note 10 Ca 2 Ci Ccable La gt Li Leable 10 For
8. Parameter Process Containing Alarm Cause of Occurrence Priority Level Setting HI ALM Occurs when the PV increases HI_HI_PRI above the HI_HI_LIM value HI_ALM Occurs when the PV increases HI_PRI above HI_LIM value LO_ALM Occurs when the PV decreases LO_PRI below the LO_LIM value LO LO ALM Occurs when the PV decreases LO_LO_LIM below the LO LO LIM value DV HI ALM Occurs when the value of DV HI PRI PV SP increases above the DV LIM value DV LO ALM Occurs when the value of DV LO PRI PV SP decreases below the DV LO LIM value TA0512 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 A8 19 Example of Block Connec tions PID BKCAL IN OUT CAS AO BKCAL OUT 0506 5 When configuring simple PID control loop by combining a digitalYEWFLO with a fieldbus valve positioner that contains an AO block follow the procedure below to make the settings of the corresponding fieldbus function blocks 1 Connect the Al block and PID block of the digitalYEWFLO and the AO block of the valve positioner as shown above 2 Set MODE_BLK target of the PID block to O S and then set GAIN RESET and RATE to appropriate values 3 Check that the value of MODE_BLK actual of the Al block is AUTO 4 Set MODE_BLK target of the AO block to CAS AUTO meaning CAS and AUTO 5 Check that the value of BKCAL_IN status of the PID block is not Bad 6 Chec
9. s A 1 AT 1 Resource BlOGk niei eee Gece beatin A 1 A4 2 Al Function Block itd uQ tt A 4 AtS Lransducer Block et A aia A 6 A1 4 DI Function BIOCK eiei a nl Sum au Qullay sa ayqi akata A 12 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS uuu aaa aaa ao Do ius uoo noU cC EcL A 13 A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basic Parameters A 13 A2 2 Setting and Change of Basic A 14 A2 3 Setting the Al Function Blocks 0 A 14 A2 4 Setting the Transducer A 16 A2 5 Setting the DI Function A 18 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE 20 APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A 40 A4 Al Function Block ioni eee pee eie eee A 40 A4 2 DI Function Block a A 40 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A 41 A5 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block A 41 A5 2 Input Process Section A 42 A5 2 1 Determining Input Value A 42 A5 2 2 Converting the A 42 A5 2 3 Con
10. nennen nnns nnne 4 3 4 5 Reading the Parameters 4 3 4 6 Continuous Record 4 3 4 7 Generation of Alarm n 4 3 gt CONFIGURATION L Ra u u S u 5 1 5 1 Network Design u a aqhapa au 5 1 5 2 Network Definition u a ea SA e eiiis 5 1 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions 5 2 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses 5 3 5 5 Communication Setting 1 5 4 5 5 1 VOR lt 252 eee n nta Mn qan aaa 5 4 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control 5 5 5 6 Block Setting 5 5 5 61 Objects eee pe anevada 5 5 5 6 2 Trend Objects iie ied au nt ebd a aE aaa 5 5 5 6 3 View Objects uci i ms ege RUD LI da a 5 6 5 6 4 Function Block Parameters 5 6 FD No IM 01F06F00 01EN 6th Edition June 2012 KP i IM 01F06F00 01EN All Rights Reserved Copyright 2003 Yokogawa Electric Corporation 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMNS J J 6 1 10 S MEMO V TUER 6 1 6 2 Setting and C
11. Display the end message C END D 3 Reynolds Adjust Method Reynolds Method 2 v Display the start message y judgeme Actual r Auto et the following parameter ACTIVE REYNOLDS ADJUST Set the following parameter NOT PROCESS DENSITY 1 ACTIVE y Set the following parameter VISCOSITY 4 gt lt v Display the end message v C END 1 Skip mode including A 91 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 10 METHOD 4 Flow Adjust Method C Flow Adjust Method v Display the start message y judge Actual p Auto the following parame FLOW ADJUST Do you wantto Set the following NOT parameters ACTIVE FLOW ABJ DATA ACTIVE lt EXIT FLOW_ADJ_DATA FLOW_ADJ_FREQ Set the following parameter Set the following parameters gt FLOW ADJ FREQ 5 elements 1 FLOW ADJ DATA 5 elements 1 gt v Display the end message v END 1 Skip mode including A 92 IM 01F06F00 01EN 10 2 Enhanced AR Block 1 Density Factor Setup Wizard DENSITY FACTOR SETUP WIZARD v Display the start message Not automaticall _ Man OOS Man y judgeme Actual OOS 1 Flow compensation linear 2 Flow compensation square root 3 Flow compensation approximat 4 BTU flow 5 T
12. 55 94 S lt lt a 2 1 1 1 Block Index Index of block from which alert is generated 2 2 2 Alert Key Alert Key copied from the block 313 3 Standard Type 4 4 4 Mft Type Type of the alert Alert Name identified by manufacturer specific DD Message Reason of alert Type notification 6 6 6 Priority Priority of the alarm Time when this alert is first 7 7 7 Time Stamp detected 8 8 Subcode Enumerated cause of this alert 9 9 Value Value of referenced data 10 10 Relative Relative Index of Index referenced data 8 Static Value of static revision Revision ST_REV of the block 11 11 9 Unit Index Unit code of referenced data 0602 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION 7 3 Simulation Function The simulation function simulates the input of a function block and lets it operate as if the data was received from the transducer block It is possible to conduct testing for the downstream function blocks or alarm processes A SIMULATE_ENABLE jumper switch is mounted on the digitalYEWFLO s amplifier This is to prevent the accidental operation of this function When this is switched on simulation is enabled See Figure 7 2 To initiate the same action from a remote terminal if REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM_ENABLE_MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block the resulting action is the same as is taken when the above switch is on
13. Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter AMP module failure 1 AL 01 AL 01 The EEPROM S is faulty AL 01 RS DEVICE_STATUS_ 2 bit0 COM circuit failure 1 AL 02 AL 02 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 1 error AL 02 RS DEVICE STATUS 2bit1 COM circuit failure 2 AL 03 AL 03 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 2 error AL 03 RS DEVICE_STATUS_2 bit2 AMP module failure 2 AL 04 AL 04 The EEPROM F is faulty AL 04 RS DEVICE_STATUS_1 bit19 Flow sensor failure AL 05 AL 05 The flow sensor is faulty AL 05 RS DEVICE_STATUS_2 bit3 Input circuit failure AL 06 AL 06 The input circuit is in the amplifier is faulty AL 06 RS DEVICE_STATUS_2 bit4 Temp converter failure AL 07 AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier is faulty AL 07 RS DEVICE_STATUS_2 bit5 Temp sensor failure AL 08 AL 08 The temperature sensor is faulty AL 08 RS DEVICE STATUS 2 bit6 Table A12 2 Transducer Status Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter Flow velocity over range AL 41 AL 41 Flow velocity overrange AL 41 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit7 Flow span exceed limit AL 42 AL 42 The flow rate span setting exceeds the range limit AL 42 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit6 Temp over range AL 43 AL 43 Temperature overrange AL 43 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit5 Transient vibration AL 51 AL 51 Transient vibration transient disturbance AL 51 RS DEVI
14. lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Defaul Good NC Non Urgeke STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific BLOCK ERR Simulation Active A 34 lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided Provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific OFF Provided lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Provided OUT Status gt ncertain Non Specific C PV Status gt ncertain Non Specific OFF Provided OUT Status gt ncertain Non Specific Not provided Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON TA0302 5 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 28 AL 29 AL 30 AL 41 AL 42 AL 43 AL 51 AL 52 AL 53 AL 54 AL 61 AL 62 AL 63 AL 64 Alarm Detail IT in O S Mode AL 29 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 Temp Over Range AL 43 Transient Vibration AL 51 Clogging AL 53 Indicator Over Range AL 61 AI Simulation Active AL 63 AL 64 DI1 Block lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific DI2 Block PID Block OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW
15. A5 2 3 Converting Accumulation This following describes an example of accumulation conversion In accumulation conversion the difference between the value executed previously and the value executed this time is integrated or accumulated This conversion applies when the output of a function block used as a counter is input to the input process of the Integrator block In order to convert the rate of change of an input to a value with an engineering unit the user must configure the factor of conversion to the appropriate engineering unit in the PULSE_VALI and PULSE_VAL2 param eters Moreover the unit of IN_2 is standardized to that of IN 1 in the same way as rate conversion Thus the user must also set an appropriate value to UNIT CONV input1 Current read value Previous read value counts number of pulse input2 Current read value Previous read value counts number of pulse APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK i t1 PULSE_VAL1 19 U x pulse value1 kg pulse increment2 PULSE_VAL2 20 x pulse value2 UNIT_CONV 18 x conversion factor kg Ib pulse FA0203 EPS Figure A5 3 Increment Calculation with Counter Input A5 2 4 Determining the Input Flow Direction The Integrator block also considers the input flow direction Information about the input flow direction is contained in REV_FLOW1 REV FLOW2 0 FORWARD 1 REVERSE In input proc
16. C 1002 F Default 1001 C 6 PROCESS_TEMP Relative Index 51 Sets the normal operating temperature Setting range 999 9 to 999 9 Unit As selected in TEMP_UNIT Default 15 0 7 BASE_TEMP Relative Index 52 Sets the temperature under the standard conditions Setting range 999 9 to 999 9 Unit As selected in TEMP_UNIT Default 15 0 8 DENSITY_UNIT Relative Index 53 Selects the unit of density Setting range 1097 kg m Default 1097 2 kg m 9 PROCESS DENSITY Relative Index 54 Selects the density under the normal operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in DENSITY UNIT Default 1024 0 10 BASE DENSITY Relative Index 55 Sets the density under the standard conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in DENSITY UNIT Default 1024 0 11 PRESSURE UNIT Relative Index 56 Selects the unit of pressure Setting range 1545 2 MPaa or 1547 kPaa Default 1545 2 MPaa IM 01 06 00 01 12 PROCESS_PRESSURE Relative Index 57 Sets the absolute pressure under the normal operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in PRESSURE_UNIT Default 0 1013 13 BASE_PRESSURE Relative Index 58 Sets the absolute pressure under the standard conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in PRESSURE_UNIT Default 0 1013 14 DEVIATION Relative Index 59 Sets the deviation factor of th
17. Display Items Upper Display Mode Flowrate Flowrate Al2 Temperature AR Arithmetic OUT Lower Display Mode BLANK Totalized Value Al2 Temperature IT Integrator OUT TO605 EPS 6 6 2 Display Mode The display items can be made by selecting in Upper Lower Display mode The contents of each display items are as follows 1 Flowrate Temperature 2 Flowrate 3 Totalized Value 4 Temperature 5 AR OUT Display Value Display AR OUT Vale by setting AROUT_RANG Display unit Display the setting value of AR OUT_RANGE Units Index Available display units are as follows Volumetric Flow Rate m3 s 1347 m 3 min 1348 m h 1349 3 0 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS 1356 CFM 1357 CFH 1358 ft d 1359 gal s 1362 GPM 1363 gal h 1364 gal d 1365 ImpGal 5 1367 ImpGal min 1368 ImpGal h 1369 ImpGal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374 Mass Flow Rate kg s 1322 kg min 1323 kg h 1324 kg d 1325 t s 1326 t min 1327 t h 1328 t d 1329 Ib s 1330 Ib min 1331 Ib h 1332 Ib d 1333 6 7 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS Voluemetric Flow Rate at Normal Condition Nm s 1522 Nm3 m 1523 Nm h 1524 Nm3 d 1525 NL s 1532 NL m 1533 NL h 1534 NL d 1535 Sm s 1527 Sm m 1528 Sm h 1529 Sm d 1530 SL s 1537 SL m 1538 SL h 1539 SL d 1540 SCFM 1360 SCFH 1361 N Normal S Standard
18. Notes Fluid Mass Flow Accurac Input for Y Temperature Reference condition Flow computing Pressure for Mass Flow Accuracy Density computing by temperature Saturated steam using standard steam table IAPWS Temperature range 100 to 250 C g Temperature base Temperature P i IF97 International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam 2 00 Density computing by pressure using Saturated steam SASO Pressure range 0 1MPa to Flange rating standard steam table IAPWS IF97 lt 35m s Pressure ivi Pressure base 259 Pressure accuracy 0 2 International Association for the 35m s B0m s Properties of Water and Steam Pressure condition Density computing by temperature and Superheated Temperature Pressure range DM d 18 Flange rating asing 41 ate steam and Pressure 2 ae IAPWS IF97 International Association emperature condition for the Properties of Water and Steam Temperature range 100 to 250 C Tenigerature Accuracy is changed by fluctuating Temperature pressure compensation General gas Not fixed and ape Deviation factor K computing using gas equation Boyle on Temperature Pressure condition Charles s at fixed Deviation factor K Liquid Not fixed T i Accuracy is changed by setting value Density computing by temperature q Ortxe emperature Temperature compensation factor using equation API JIS K2249 For Natural gas accuracy condition is Pressure condition Pressure
19. PULSE VAL1 INTEG OPTS INPUT TYPE REV FLOW1 O 9 TIME_UNIT2 Convert Rate OF Convert Accum 5 PULSE_VAL2 60 REV_FLOW2 RESET_IN O Reverse 69 Forward Gun IT_CONV INTEG_TYPE INTEG_OPTS QUALITY GOOD_LIM UNCERT_LIM 1 CLOCK_PER Integrate RESET x TOTAL RTOTAL o 5 MAN PRE TRIP MAN TOTAL SP Q INTEG OPTS FLOW TYPE OUT INTEG OPTS CARRY OUT PTRIP OP CMD INT RESET OUT TRIP RESET CONFIRM FA0201 EPS Figure A5 1 Integrator Block IN_1 Block input 1 value and status IN_2 Block input 2 value and status REV FLOWI Indicates whether the sign of IN 1 is reversed It is a discrete signal REV FLOW 2 Indicates whether the sign of IN 2 is reversed It is a discrete signal RESET IN Resets the integrated values It is a discrete signal RESET CONFIRM Reset confirmation input It is a discrete signal OUT Block output value and status OUT_PTRIP Set if the target value exceeds PRE TRIP It is a discrete signal OUT TRIP Set if the target value exceeds TOTAL SP or 0 It is a discrete signal A 41 The Integrator block is classified into the following five sections for each function Input process section Determines the input value status converts the rate and accumulation and determines the input flow direction Adder Adds the two inputs Integrator Integrates the result
20. Server QUB VCR A server responds to requests from a host This communication needs data exchange This type of communication is called QUB Queued User triggered Bidirectional VCR Source QUU VCR A source multicasts alarms or trends to other devices This type of communication is called QUU Queued User triggered Unidirectional VCR Publisher BNU VCR A publisher multicasts outputs of the Al blocks DI blocks and PID block to other function blocks This type of communication is called BNU Buffered Network triggered Unidirectional VCR Subscriber BNU VCR A subscriber receives output of another function block s by PID block Each VCR has the parameters listed in Table 5 4 Parameters must be changed together for each VCR because modification for each parameter may cause a contradiction Table 5 4 VCR Static Entry 5 CONFIGURATION Sub index Parameter FasArTypeAndRole Description Indicates the type and role of communication VCR The following 4 types are used for the digitalYEWFLO 0x32 Server Responds to requests from host 0x44 Source Transmits alarm or trend 0x66 Publisher Sends Al DI block output to other blocks 0x76 Subscriber Receives output of other blocks by PID block FasDllLocalAddr Sets the local address to specify a VCR in the digitalYEWFLO A range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal FasDlIConfigured RemoteAddr Sets the node address of the ca
21. CHANNEL This is the parameter of the transducer block to be input to the Al block Al1 block is assigned flow rate AI2 block is assigned temperature block is assigned volumetric flow rate for AR block This setting can not be changed XD SCALE Scale of input from the transducer block The maximum flow rate range in the registered sizing data is setting 0 096 10 000 100 and m h for the unit are factory set case of UNCALIBRATION order Changing the unit can be set only in flow rate also causes the unit within the transducer block to be automatically changed The unit is automati cally changed according to the unit selected by Al 1 2 Units which can be set by XD SCALE are shown Table 6 2 The setting range of the 100 scale SCALE EU at 100 depends on the unit setting XD SCALE Units Index as shown in Table 6 3 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS Table 6 2 Available Units Item Block Available Units LIQUID Mass GAS STEAM Mass kg s 1322 kg min 1323 kg h 1324 kg d 1325 t s 1326 t min 1327 t h 1328 t d 1329 Ib s 1330 Ib min 1331 Ib h 1332 Ib d 1333 LIQUID Volume GAS STEAM channel 1 Volume PV m3 s 1347 m3 min 1348 m3 h 1349 m3 d 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS cf s 1356 CFM cf min 1357 CFH cf h 1358 ft3 d cf d 1359 gal s USgal s 1362 GPM USgal min
22. IPuL4oN aun mot Sun uun ojA euuoN L0 ALISI3Q 3SVH HV LINN ALISN3Q s4ejoureJed ZUMOJ 243 Jeo rjeuio3n gi NOLLVIA3Q HV Ssav3unssdud ASVE uv umol 243 395 LINN ALISI3Q uv LINN ALISI3Q Buwolloj ous 39S A A 5493euie4ed 5 F 1 2 NI SVIS sJazawesed 2 5 sty 243 185 si Ndu A amp oryeuiogn ALISN3Q 3SVH HV LINN ALISNAG 33O9 dW31 GNOOAS 43309 dW3llSuH uv i sqy 4o 8ne5 LINN 34055359 HV sty 3uwol o 395 1 Esqy 4o si yndur eanssejd say 395 Z NISVIG suejouesed Esqy 40 joSner si andu aansseig aren yun ssew 1 LIN 35NVH spun syun hayo yun ssew jayo peo pay syun dONVH spun euo gt INTA LISN3q dwalasva uv dWar3svauv iINn3unssa3sduv INTY
23. Note 1 LM device with bus control function Link Master function Note 2 BASIC device without bus control function F0403 EPS Figure 4 2 Available Address Range 4 3 Power on of digitalYEWFLO and Bus Turn on the power to the host bus and digitalYEWFLO If any segments do not light or if a current anomaly occurs check the voltage of the power supply for the digitalYEWFLO Using the host device display function check that the digitalYEWFLO is in operation on the bus DEVICE INFORMATION Device ID 5945430009XXXXXXXX PD Tag FT1003 Device Revision 3 Node Address 0xF2 Serial No XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Physical Location Note Our Device Description Files and Capabilities Files available at http www yokogawa com fld FIELDBUS fld fieldbus 01en htm English http www yokogawa co jp Sensor fieldbus download htm Japanese DEVICE INFORMATION Device ID 5945430009XXXXXXXX PD Tag FT1003 Device Revision 3 Node Address OxF2 Serial No XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Physical Location Note Our Device Description Files and Capabilities Files available at http www yokogawa co jp Sensor fieldbus download htm Japanese gt F0403 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN Unless otherwise specified the following settings are in effect when shipped from the factory If no digitalYEWFLO is detected check the available address range If the node ad
24. Percentage 1342 1 Display Style In case of plus display Example AR OUT_RANGE EU_100 1 Example AR OUT_RANGE EU_100 0 00001 1113 STE t Tl gt m3 Is xt0 SNM Is In case of Minus display Example AR aS XT EU 100 1 000 AR OUT RANGE EU 100 100 000 20 9 ILI 212 2 Alarm Display In case of plus display Example Displ ames and AL 61 altrnatelly nana x10 isid Fi DCN In case of Minus display Example AR OUT RANGE EU 100 1 000 Di EU E 100 000 FB SANE 2714320 IL 2112 IF ls 102 ls IM 01 06 00 01 7 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION IN PROCESS OPERATION This chapter describes the procedure performed when changing the operation of the function block of the digitalYEWFLO in process 7 1 Mode Transition When the function block mode is changed to Out Of Service the function block pauses and a block alarm is issued When the function block mode is changed to Manual the function block suspends updating of output values In this case alone it is possible to write a value to the OUT parameter of the block for output Note that no parameter status can be changed 7 2 Generation of Alarm 7 2 1 When the self diagnostics function indicates that device is faulty an alarm device alarm is issued from the resource
25. See Section A8 17 1 for details 35 RCAS OUT 0 Remote setpoint sent to a computer etc 36 ROUT_OUT 0 Remote control output value 37 TRK SCALE 100 MAN Upper and lower scale limits used to convert the output 0 tracking value TRK VAL to non dimensional 1342 1 38 TRK IN D 0 Switch for output tracking See Section A8 12 for details 39 TRK VAL 0 Output tracking value TRK VAL When MODE BLK actual LO the value scaled from the TRK VAL value is set in OUT 40 FF VAL 0 Feedforward input value The FF VAL value is scaled to a value with the same scale as for OUT multiplied by the GAIN value and then added to the output of the PID computation 41 FF SCALE 100 MAN Scale limits used for converting the VAL value to a 0 non dimensional value 1342 1 42 FF GAIN 0 MAN Gain for FF VAL 43 UPDATE EVT Same as that for an AI block 44 BLOCK ALM Same as that for Al block 45 ALARM_SUM Enable Same as that for an Al block 46 ACK_OPTION 0 Same as that for an Al block 47 ALARM_HYS 0 5 0 to 50 Hysteresis for alarm detection and resetting to prevent each alarm from occurring and recovering repeatedly within a short time 48 HI HI PRI 0 to 15 Priority order of HI HI ALM alarm 49 HI HI LIM 1 INF PV_SCALE Setting for HI_HI_ALM alarm 50 HI PRI 0 0 to 15 Priority order of HI ALM alarm 51 HI LIM 1 4INF PV SCALE Setting for ALM alarm 52 LO PRI 0 0 to 15 Priority order of LO ALM alarm
26. 300 20 0 75 0 75 X 230 1 0 75 X 20 177 5 IN 90 LO 20 gt g 90 20 300 20 0 25 0 25 X 230 1 0 25 x 20 37 5 IN I9 IN LO 10 PV 10 A6 2 2 Auxiliary Inputs There are bias and gain parameters for the IN_1 IN_2 and IN_3 auxiliary inputs The following shows the equation using them t_i IN_i BIAS_IN_i X GAIN_IN_i The bias parameter is used for calculating absolute temperature or absolute pressure while the gain parameter is used for normalization of square root extraction IM 01 06 00 01 A6 2 3 INPUT_OPTS INPUT_OPTS has an option that handles an input with uncertain or bad status as a good status input Bit Function 0 Handles IN as a good status input if its status is uncertain 1 Handles IN LO as a good status input if its status is uncertain Handles IN_1 as a good status input if its status is uncertain 3 Handles IN 1 as a good status input if its status is bad Handles IN_2 as a good status input if its status is uncertain 5 Handles IN 2 as a good status input if its status is bad 6 Handles IN 3 as a good status input if its status is uncertain 7 Handles IN 3 as a good status input if its status is bad 8 to 15 TA0302 EPS There are options called IN Use
27. TA0101 EPS A 99 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD IM 01F06F00 01EN A11 7 Troubleshooting APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD For information on the download tool s error messages see also the software s User s Manual Table A11 2 Problems after Software Update Symptom Cause An error occurs before starting a The selected download file is not for the download disabling the selected field device download Check SOFTDWN ERROR in the resource block and obtain the correct file An error occurs after starting a download disabling the download You attempted to update the device revision by downloading a file which is not an original file Check SOFTDWN ERROR in the resource block and obtain the original file The selected field device does not support software downloading Check whether the option code EE is included in the model and suffix codes of the device The voltage on the fieldbus segment falls below the specified limit 9 volts Check the capacity of the field bus power supply used and the voltage at the terminal There was an error in a checksum or the number of transmission bytes Check SOFTDWN ERROR in the resource block and obtain the correct file The download tool does not allow download with same software revision Check the setting of the download tool The download takes far longer than expected or fails frequently The fieldbus segment is noisy Chec
28. AL 41 lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain EngineeringUnit not Violation lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Over Range AL 43 lt SV Status gt Uncertain Substitute lt PV Status gt Uncertain Last Usable Value lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Al2 Block lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Al3 Block lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service Alarm Reset sw default Provided lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific
29. AR Output Unit Conf Err AL 93 RS Block TR Block Ali Block A 28 Al2 Block Al3 Block Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0301 9 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 89 AL 90 AL 91 AL 92 AL 93 Alarm Detail AR Flow IN Not Connected AL 89 AR Temp IN Not Connected AL 90 AR Press IN Not Connected AL 91 AR Comp Coef Conf Err AL 92 AR Output Unit Conf Err AL 93 DI1 Block DI2 Block PID Block A 29 IT Block AR Block lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configiuration Error lt OUT Status gt Bad Configuration Error Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0301 10 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE 2 Parameter Values upon Failure for Multi variable Type with THERMOMETER_FUNCTION Used for Density Calculation LCD Display AL 01 AL 02 AL 03 AL 04 AL 05 Alarm Detail AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 COM Cir
30. Displayed Value Display Unit and Display Format L TYPE of Al1 DIRECT INDIRECT Percentage calculated from Percentage calculated from Value OUT Value and XD_SCALE of Al1 OUT Value and OUT_SCALE of Al1 FLOW RATE see note 1 see note 2 Unit 96 Format Number to one decimal place L TYPE of Al1 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of Al1 OUT Value of Al1 scaled based on XD SCALE and OUT SCALE FLOW RATE Unit As specified by SCALE Units As specified by OUT SCALE Units Index of Al1 Index of Format Determined by the value of Determined by the value of XD SCALE EU at 100 of OUT SCALE EU at 100 of AI1 L TYPE of AI2 DIRECT INDIRECT Percentage calculated from Percentage calculated from Value OUT Value and XD SCALE of Al2 OUT Value and OUT SCALE of Al2 see note 1 see note 2 Unit 96 Format Number to one decimal place Value AR OUT Value Arithmetic Out Unit AR OUT RANGE Units Index Format AR OUT RANGE Eu 100 Eu 0 0203 5 Note 1 If L is set to DIRECT the following equation applies to determine the displayed percentage Percentage OUT Value XD_SCALE EU at 0 XD_SCALE EU at 100 XD_SCALE EU at 0 x 100 Note 2 If L_TYPE is set to INDIRECT the following equation applies to determine the displayed percentage Percentage OUT Value OUT SCALE EU at 0 OUT SCALE EU at 100 OUT SCALE EU
31. For a list of block parameters in each digitalY EWFLO refer to Appendix 1 List of Parameters for Each Block of digitalYEWFLO The following describes important parameters and how to set them Please refer to APPENDIX 10 METHOD the METHOD of TR block is described in 10 1 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 1 Mandatory Parameter Setting for Trans ducer Block Note After setting parameters of the transducer block set up XD SCALE of the Al1 block and of the AI2 block as appropriate The table below shows the parameters that must be set in order of the relative index sequentially depending on the operation conditions Table 6 1 Mandatory Parameter Setting for Transducer Block Depending on Operation Conditions y Parameter z Name 1 i 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 2 Built in 47 SENSOR STATUS Standard Standard Temp Sensor Temp Sensor Temp Sensor Temp Sensor Temp Sensor Temp Sensor 1 Monitor 1 Monitor 2 3 4 GAS 5 LIQUID 48 THHERMOMETER only or only or Saturated Superheated STD Normal Mass o FUNCTION 6 Not use 6 Not use steam Steam 1 LIQUID 1 LIQUID a Volume Volume o 2 2 5 GAS STEAM GAS STEAM Volume ends Volume bann 5 Seen STD Normal 3 STD Normal LIQUID Mass LIQUID Mass or or 4 4 GAS STEAM GAS STEAM Mass Mass 5
32. MODE BLK target or if O S is set in target inside the resource block IMan 2 If the specified condition is NOT if met see Section A8 14 condition 1 is met LO 3 If Track Enable is specified in NOT if either CONTROL_OPTS andthe or both of value of TRK_IN_D is true conditions 1 and 2 are met Man 4 If Man is set MODE_ NOT if any BLK target or if IN status one or more input status is Bad of conditions 1 to 3 are met Auto 5 If Auto is set in MODE_ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if IN status input status is to 3 are met not Bad Cas 6 If Cas is set in MODE_ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if neither IN status input to 3 are met status nor CAS_IN status is Bad RCas 7 If RCas is set MODE _ NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if neither IN status input to 3 are met status nor RCAS_IN status is Bad ROut 8 If ROut is set in MODE NOT if any BLK target one or more AND of conditions 1 if ROUT_IN status input to 3 are met status is not Bad In accordance 9 If RCAS_IN status or ROUT with the IN status is Bad indicating a SHED OPT computer failure see Section setting A8 17 1 for details 0507 5 To activate mode transitions to AUTO CAS RCAS and ROUT the respective target modes must be set beforehand to MODE_BLK permitted A transition to CAS RCAS or ROUT requires that initializa
33. Note that this parameter value is lost when the power is turned off In simulation enabled status an alarm is generated from the resource block and other device alarms will be masked for this reason the simulation must be disabled immediately after using this function The SIMULATE parameter of Al block consists of the elements listed in Table 7 3 below Table 7 3 SIMULATE Parameter Sub index Parameters Description 1 Simulate Status Sets the data status to be simulated 2 Simulate Value Sets the value of the data to be simulated 3 Transducer Status Displays the data status from the transducer block It cannot be changed 4 Transducer Value Displays the data value from the transducer block It cannot be changed 5 Simulate En Disable Controls the simulation function of this block 1 Disabled standard 2 Active simulation T0603 EPS When Simulate En Disable in Table 6 3 above is set to Active the applicable function block uses the simulation value set in this parameter instead of the data from the transducer block This setting can be used for propagation of the status to the trailing blocks generation of a process alarm and as an operation test for trailing blocks Set to OFF during N normal operation 1 Not used 2 Figure 7 2 SIMULATE_ENABLE Switch Position F0602 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN 8 8 DEVICE STATUS DEVICE STATUS In a
34. SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5 FA0601 EPS Figure A7 1 Example of Fieldbus configuration 3 LMs on Same Segment A 61 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 3 Transfer of LAS There are two procedures for an LM to become the LAS f the LM whose value of V ST X V TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS judges that there is no LAS on the segment in such a case as when the segment has started up or when the current LAS has failed the LM declares itself as the LAS then becomes the LAS With this procedure an LM backs up the LAS as shown in the following figure The LM whose value of V ST x V TN is the smallest on a segment with the exception of the current LAS requests the LAS on the same segment to transfer the right of being the LAS then becomes the LAS In the event that the current LAS in this segment node address 0x14 fails the LM with the address of 0x15 takes its place to become the LAS Node address 0x14 SlotTime 5 LM LM Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address 0x15 0x16 OxF1 OxF2 OxF3 OxF4 SlotTime 5 SlotTime 5 FA0602 EPS Figure A7 2 Backup of LAS To set up a digitalYEWFLO as a device that is 2 In the LAS settings of the digitalYEWFLO set capable of backing up the LAS follow the proce the values of V ST V MRD and V MID to dure below
35. detected faults or other problems 2 Transducer TR block Converts the flow sensor output to the volumetric flow rate signal and transfers to an Al function block With the MV option Converts temperature sensor output to the process fluid temperature and calculates the fluid density Calculates the mass flow rate from the fluid density thus obtained and the volumetric flow rate obtained with the flow sensor Transfers these calculation results to AI function blocks Transfers limit switch signals to DI function blocks 3 AI function blocks three Output flowrate and temperature and en hance the AR function block Condition raw data from the TR block Carry out scaling and damping with a first order lag and allow input simulation 4 DI function blocks two Limit switches for the flow rate and temperature optional 5 IT function block one Accumulate given values 6 AR function block one Calculate input values 7 PID function block optional Performs the PID computation based on the deviation of the measured value from the setpoint IM 01 06 00 01 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block digital YEWFLO Flow sensor optional Temp sensor Sensor input FM Sensor input System network management VFD PD tag Node address Function block execution schedule Function block VED PID function b
36. und Franz sisch zur Verf gung Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen f r Ex Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache ben tigen setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem rtlichen Yokogawa Vertreter in Verbindung lt gt Alla instruktionsb cker f r Ex explosionss kra produkter r tillgangliga pa engelska tyska och franska Om Ni beh ver instruktioner f r dessa explosionss kra produkter p annat spr k skall Ni kontakta n rmaste Yokogawakontor eller representant eyyetpidia Aevrovpyytas rov mrpoi vrov pe ATEX Ex AyyAuKka kat To uk Xe Tov xpevaCeoTe odnyles pe Ex TOTLK TAPAKAAOVLE TUKOLVOV T OTE LE TO ypageto THs Yokogawa TNS 1 4 IM 01 06 00 01 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION Refer to IM 1F6A0 01E for the details of the amplifier This section encompasses topics applicable to only the Fieldbus communication type 1 The Fieldbus communication type has no local key access function 2 The Fieldbus communication type has no BRAIN terminal connection pin 3 The Fieldbus communication type has a simulation function The SIMULATE_ENABLE switch is mounted on the amplifier Refer to Section 6 3 Simulation Function for details of the simulation function F0201 EPS Figure 2 1
37. 0 0 Auto status is Good to all integrated values in which the status of OUT is Good 35 UNCERT LIM 0 0 Auto The threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of the increments whose status is Good to all the integrated values in which the status of OUT is Uncertain 36 OP CMD INT 0 Auto Operator command that resets integrated values Maximum time for which values can be retained in the event of power failure 37 OUTAGE_LIM ao It does not effect block operation Reset confirmation input which is enabled when the Confirm reset option of 38 RESET CONFIRM INTEG_OPTS is chosen gt s 1 Auto 1 pee 39 UPDATE EVT 0 Indicates event information if an update event occurs 0 0 1 Auto 1 40 BLOCK_ALM 0 Indicates alarm information if a block alarm occurs 0 0 41 ACCUM_TOTAL 0 0 Accumulated integrated values no extension parameter is reset TA0206 2 EPS A 51 IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK The Arithmetic AR block switches two main inputs of different measurement ranges seamlessly and combines the result with three auxiliary inputs through the selected compensation function 10 types to calculate the output Please refer to APPENDIX IO METHOD the METHOD of AR block is described in 10 2 A6 1 Schematic Diagram of Arithmet
38. 0 High limit for switching to a high range transmitter by the range extension function 20 RANGE LO Auto 0 Low limit for switching to a low range transmitter by the range extension function 21 BIAS IN 1 Auto 0 1 bias 22 GAIN IN 1 Auto 0 IN 1 gain 23 BIAS IN 2 Auto 0 IN 2 bias 24 GAIN IN 2 Auto 0 IN 2 gain 25 BIAS IN 3 Auto 0 3 bias 26 GAIN IN 3 Auto 0 IN 3 gain 27 COMP HI Auto INF High limit of compensation factor f 28 COMP_LO_LIM Auto INF Low limit of compensation factor f 0305 01 5 58 01 06 00 01 Relative i 29 ARITH_TYPE Initial Value APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK Description Remarks Computation algorithm identification no Value Selection Name Description 1 Flow compensation linear Flow compensation linear 2 Flow compensation square root Flow compensation square root 3 Flow compensation approximate Flow compensation approximate expression 4 BTU flow Quantity of heat calculation 5 Traditional Multiply Divide Multiplication and division 6 Average Average calculation 7 Traditional summer Summation 8 Fourth order Polynomial Type 1 4th order auxiliary input polynomial computation 9 HTG level compensation HTG level compensation 10 Fourth order Polynomial Type 2 4th order main input polynomial computation 11 to 31 Reserve For reserve of FF Std calculation 32 Saturat
39. 0 to 99 s 61 2061 CABLE LENGTH 0 O S Sets the length of cable between the flow detector and remote amplifier Set 0 for an integral type digitalYEWFLO Setting range 0 to 30 meters 62 2062 FIRST_TEMP 0 O S Sets the first temperature coefficient for the density _COEF compensation of a liquid Setting range 32000 to 32000 Unit 1 TEMP_UNIT 63 2063 SECOND TEMP 0 O S Sets the second temperature coefficient for the density _COEF compensation of a liquid Setting range 32000 to 32000 Unit 1 UNIT 2 64 2064 SIZE_SELECT 25 mm 2 Note 5 O S Selects the flowmeter size 1 15 mm 1 2 in 2 25 mm 1 in 3 40 mm 1 5 in 4 50 mm 2 in 5 80 mm 3 in 6 100 mm 4 in 7 150 mm 5 in 8 200 mm 6 in 9 250 mm 7 in 10 300 mm 8 in 65 2065 BODY_TYPE Standard 1 O S Selects the flowmeter body type 1 Standard 2 High Pressure 3 Low Flow Unit 1 4 Low Flow Unit 2 66 206 VORTEX Standard 1 O S Selects the vortex sensor type 1 Standard 2 High SENSOR TYPE Temperature 3 Low temperature 67 2067 FACTOR UNIT 1 O S Selects the unit of the K factor 68 2068 K_FACTOR 68 6 O S Sets the K factor of the combined detector at 15 C Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 69 2069 LOW CUT FLOW 0 46687 minimum O S Sets the low cutoff flow rate level Setting range Minimum gas flow rate for the flow rate x 0 5 to XD SCALE EU 100 The unit selected size of 25 mm 1 in in P
40. 01 06 00 01 Since the LO_PRI parameter index 4029 of the Al block is set to 0 try setting this value to 3 Select the Write function from the host in opera tion specify an index or variable name and write 3 to it The LO_LIM parameter index 4030 of the Al block determines the limit at which the lower bound alarm for the process value is given In usual cases a very small value is set to this limit Set smaller value than 100 value of XD SCALE same unit Since the flow rate is almost 0 a lower bound alarm is raised Check that the alarm can be received at the host When the alarm is confirmed transmission of the alarm is sus pended This chapter briefly explained how to connect the digitalY EWFLO to a fieldbus and start using it In order to take full advantage of the performance and functionality of the device it is recommended that it be read together with Chapter 5 where describes how to use the digitalYEWFLO 4 GETTING STARTED IM 01 06 00 01 5 CONFIGURATION 5 CONFIGURATION This chapter describes how to adapt the function and performance of the digitalYEWFLO to suit specific applications Because multiple devices are connected to Fieldbus it is important to carefully consider the device requirements and settings when configuring the system The follow ing steps must be taken 1 Network design Determines the devices to be connected to Fieldbus and checks the capac
41. 1 2001 ST_REV The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 2 2002 TAG DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 12003 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 2004 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 2005 MODE BLK AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 2006 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status The factors of digitalYEWFLO TB Block are Error of TB block TB block is on O S mode 7 2007 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 8 2008 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute 9 2009 TRANSDUCER_ 1 2010 A directory that specifies the number and starting indices DIRECTORY of the device 10 2010 TRANSDUCER Standard Flow with Identifies the device type which is Standard Flow with TYPE Calibration 104 Calibration for the digitalYEWFLO 11 2011 XD ERROR 0 No Error Indicate
42. 1 Input Output of Al Block Ind Sqr Root Cutoff Filter CHANNEL PV LOW_CUT PV_FTIME Indirect Direct OUT MODE Alarms HI LO lc c E 77 Figure A4 2 Function Diagram of Al Block A4 2 DI Function Block Transducer OUT_D FA0403 EPS Figure A4 3 Input Output of DI Block Simulate Optional Filter CHANNEL m PV D SIMULATE D Invert PV FTIME I FIELD VAL D Output i OUT D MODE Alarms DISC eee E DEL RE FA0404 EPS Figure A4 4 Function Diagram of DI Block A 40 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK The Integrator IT block adds two main inputs and integrates them for output The block compares the integrated or accumulated value to TOTAL_SP and PRE_TRIP and generates discrete output signals OUT_TRIP or OUT_PTRIP when the limits are reached The output is as represented by the following equation for counting upward and rate conversion OUT Value Integration start value Total Total Total Current Integral Current Integral x y X At x IN_1 value whose unit has been converted y IN_2 value whose unit has been converted At block execution period A5 1 Schematic Diagram of Integrator Block The following shows the schematic diagram of the Integrator block INTEG_OPTS INPUT TYPE 1 Convert Rate Convert Accum
43. 100 points for calibrations i e the calibration range The output can be calibrated precisely to the output of a user s reference device TA0201 EPS A 13 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 2 Setting and Change of Basic Parameters This section describes the procedure taken to set and change the parameters for each block Obtaining access to each parameter differs depending on the configuration system used For details refer to the instruction manual for each configuration system Access the block mode MODE BLK of each block Set the Target Note 1 of block mode MODE to Auto Man or O S Note 2 according to the Write Mode of the parameter to be set or changed Access the parameter to be set or changed Make setting or change in accordance with each parameter Set the Target of block mode MODE BLK back to Auto Note 2 0201 5 IMPORTANT Do not turn the power OFF immediately after parameter setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for the improvement of reliability If the power is turned OFF within 60 seconds after setting of parameters changed parameters are not saved and may return to their original values Note 1 Block mode consists of the following four modes that are controlled by the universal parameter that displays the running condition of each block Target Se
44. 2 Reset Reverse Inputs Reset Input Status Value Reset Confirm Status Value Reverse Flow1 Status Value Reverse Flow2 Status Value Trip Outputs Output Trip Status Value Output Pre Trip Status Value Total Snapshots Snapshot of Total Snapshot of Setpoint Accumulate Total Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Operator Command Integration Basic Settings Integration Type Total Setpoint Pre Trip Clock Period Unit Conversions Time Unit1 Time Unit2 Unit Conversion Pulse Vall Pulse Val2 Scaling Limits Good Limit Uncertain Limit Outage Limit Output Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Options Integration Options Status Options Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Snapshot of Rejected Total A 86 APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Number of Reset Rejected Total Percentage Included Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Others Grant Deny Grant Deny Quey Device IT Standard parameters IM 01 06 00 01 9 AR FB Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Inputs Input Process Value
45. 2 Element2 0 0000 32 3 Element3 0x0000x32 4 Element4 0x0000x32 5 Element5 0x0000x32 6 Element6 0x0000x31 0x012c 7 Element 0x012cx32 8 Element8 0x02 367 OPERAT FUNCTIONAL CLASS Specified at the time of order RW 0x01 basic device 0x02 LM 368 CURRENT_LINK_ R Settings for LAS SETTING_RECORD SlotTime PerDlpduPhlOverhead MaxResponseDelay FirstUnpolledNodeld ThisLink MinInterPduDelay NumConseeUnpolledNodeld PreambleExtension PostTransGapExtension MaxlnterChanSignalSkew TimeSyncClass 369 CONFIGURED LINK 4095 RW SETTING RECORD SlotTime 4 PerDlpduPhlOverhead 5 MaxResponseDelay 37 FirstUnpolledNodeld 0 ThisLink 12 MinInterPduDelay 186 NumConseeUnpolledNodeld 2 PreambleExtension 1 9 PostTransGapExtension 0 10 MaxlnterChanSignalSkew 4 11 TimeSyncClass TA0605 1 EPS A 64 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS em Parameter Name Sub Name dir d Access Remarks 370 PLME BASIC _ 0 R CHARACTERISTICS 1 ChannelStatisticsSupported 0x00 2 MediumAndDataRatesSupported 0x4900000000000000 3 lecVersion 1 0 1 4 NumOfChannels 1 0 1 5 0 0 0 371 ICHANNEL_STATES 0 R 1 channel 1 0 0x0 2 channel 2 128 0x80 3 channel 3 128 0x80 4 channel 4 128 0x80 5 chann
46. 2 SETPOINT 4 42 LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION 43 LIMSW 2 HYSTERESIS 4 44 LIMSW 2 UNIT 2 45 ALARM PERFORM 2 46 ARITHMETIC BLOCK 1 1 47 SENSOR STATUS 1 1 48 FUNCTION 1 1 49 FLUID TYPE 1 1 Continued on next page 5 8 T0512 1 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 5 CONFIGURATION Relative Parameter Mnemonl VIEW VIEW VIEW_3 VIEW_3 VIEW_3 VIEW_3 VIEW _4 VIEW _4 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 VIEW_4 Index 1 2 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 50 TEMPERATURE_UNIT 2 2 51 PROCESS_TEMP 4 4 52 BASE TEMP 4 4 53 DENSITY UNIT 2 2 54 PROCESS DENSITY 4 4 55 BASE DENSITY 4 4 56 PRESSURE UNIT 2 2 57 PROCESS PRESSURE 4 4 58 BASE PRESSURE 4 4 59 DEVIATION 4 4 60 SECONDARY FTIME 4 61 CABLE LENGTH 4 62 FIRST TEMP COEF 4 63 SECOND TEMP COEF 4 64 SIZE SELECT 1 1 65 BODY TYPE 1 1 66 VORTEX SENSOR TYPE 1 1 67 K FACTOR UNIT 1 1 68 K FACTOR 4 69 LOW CUT FLOW 70 UPPER DISPLAY MODE 1 71 LOWER DISPLAY MODE 1 72 DISPLAY CYCLE 1 73 USER ADJUST 4 74 REYNOLDS ADJUST 1 75 VISCOSITY VALUE 4 76 GAS EXPANSION FACT 1 77 FLOW ADJUST 1 78 FLOW ADJ FREQUENCY 20 79 FLOW ADJ DATA 20 80 TLA VALUE 4 81 NOISE BALANCE MODE 1 82 NOISE RATIO 4 83 SIGNAL LEVEL 84 FLOW VELOCITY 4 85 SPAN VELOCITY 4 86 VORTEX FREQ 4 87 SPAN FREQ 4 88 FLUID DENSITY 4 89 SENSOR ERROR RECORD 2 90 MODEL 32 91 ALARM SUM
47. 53 LO LIM 1 INF PV_SCALE Setting for LO_ALM alarm 54 LO_LO_PRI 0 15 Priority order of LO_LO_ALM alarm 55 LO LO LIM 1 INF PV_SCALE Setting for LO_LO_ALM alarm 56 DV HI PRI 0 to 15 Priority order of DV HI alarm 57 DV HI LIM 1 4INF Setting for DV ALM alarm 58 DV LO PRI 0 0 to 15 Priority order of DV LO ALM alarm 59 DV LO LIM 1 INF Setting for DV_LO_ALM alarm 60 HI HI ALM Alarm that is generated when the PV value has exceeded the HI value and whose priority order is defined in HI HI PRI Priority order Only one alarm is generated at a time When two or more alarms occur at the same time the alarm having the highest priority order is generated When the PV value has decreased below HI HI LIM ALM HYS HI HI ALM is reset 61 HI ALM above 62 LO_ALM above Reset when the value has increased above LO_LIM ALM_HYS 63 LO LO ALM above 64 DV HI ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has exceeded the DV_HI_LIM value Other features are the same as HI HI ALM 65 DV LO ALM Alarm that is generated when the value of PV SP has decreased below the DV LO LIM value Other features are the same as LO LO ALM A 72 0502 2 IM 01F06F00 01EN A8 4 PID Computation Details For PID control the PID block in a digitalYEWFLO employs the PV proportional and derivative type PID control al
48. A6 3 2 Enhanced Computing Functions 32 Saturated steam Temp Saturated steam density calculation by temperature based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Saturated Steam density which is calculated from t_1 temp input Temperature range 100 to 330 C 33 Saturated steam Pressure Saturated steam density calculation by pressure based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Saturated steam density which is calculated from t 2 Press input Pressure range 0 101417978 to 12 85752189 MPa 34 Superheated steam Superheated steam density calculation based on IAPWS IF97 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Superheated steam density which is calculated from t 1 Temp input and 2 Press input Temperature range 100 to 330 C Pressure range 0 101417978 to 12 85752189 MPa 35 Gas temp pressure comp Simple Gas temperature and pressure compensation calculation Deviation factor Fixed based on Boyle Charle s law func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Gas density ratio Ecef Eceb which is calculated from t 1 Temp input and t_2 Press input or density at operating condition Ecef 36 Liquid temp comp Simple Liquid temperature compensation calculation based on API JIS K 2249 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Liquid density at operating condition which is calculated from t 1 Temp input 37 Gas t
49. CYCLE T 0 Interval between writing copies of NV parameters volatile memory Zero means never 24 1024 FREE_SPACE 0 Percent of memory available for further configuration digitalYEWFLO has zero which means a preconfigured resource 25 1025 FREE TIME 0 Percent of the block processing time that is free to process additional blocks Supported only with PID function 26 1026 SHED_RCAS 640000 20 s AUTO Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block RCas locations Supported only with PID function 27 1027 SHED_ROUT 640000 20 s AUTO Time duration at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROut locations Supported only with PID function 28 1028 FAULT_STATE 1 Condition set by loss of communication to an output block failure promoted to an output block or a physical contact When fail safe condition is set Then output function blocks will perform their FSAFE actions Supported only with PID function 29 1029 SET_FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Allows the fail safe condition to be manually initiated by selecting Set Supported only with PID function 30 1030 CLR_FSTATE 1 OFF AUTO Writing a Clear to this parameter will clear the device fail safe state if the field condition if any has cleared Supported only with PID function 31 1031 MAX_NOTIFY 3 Maximum number of unconfirmed notify messages possible 32 1032 LIM NOTIFY 3 AUTO Maximum number of unconfirmed alert notify mes
50. In addition the maximum unprotected residual capacitance Ci and inductance Li of each apparatus other than the terminators connected to the Fieldbus must be less than or equal to 5nF and 10 respectively In each I S Fieldbus segment only one active source normally the Safety Barrier is allowed to provide the necessary power for the Fieldbus system The allowed voltage Uo Voc Vt of the Safety Barrier used to supply the bus must be limited to the range of 14V d c to 24V d c All other equipment connected to the bus cable has to be passive meaning that the apparatus is not allowed to pro vide energy to the system except to a leakage current of 50 uA for each connected device Separately powered equipment needs a galvanic isolation to insure that the intrinsically safe Fieldbus circuit remains passive The cable used to interconnect the devices needs to comply with the following parameters Loop resistance R 15 150 Q KM Inductance per unit length L 0 4 ImH km Capacitance per unit length C 80 200 nF km C C line line 0 5 C line screen if both lines are floating or C C line line C line screen if the screen is connected to one line Length of spur Cable max 30m Length of trunk cable max 1Km Length of splice max 1m Terminators At each end of the trunk cable an approved line terminator with the following parameters is suitable R 90 100Q 0 2 2 uF System evaluation The number of p
51. Mode 20 2020 SENSOR TYPE Vortex 112 Indicates the sensor type which is Vortex for the digitalYEWFLO 21 2021 SENSOR Note 1 high low range limit values engineering units _RANGE code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point for the sensor 22 2022 SENSOR_SN Serial No Serial number 23 2023 SENSOR_CAL Volumetric 100 5 The method of the last sensor calibration _METHOD 100 volumetric 101 static weigh 24 2024 SENSOR_CAL Ts O S Sets indicates the location of the last sensor calibration 25 2025 SENSOR_CAL O S Sets indicates the date of the last sensor calibration _DATE 26 2026 SENSOR_CAL O S Sets indicates the name of the person responsible for the last sensor calibration 27 2027 LIN_TYPE linear with input 1 The linearization type of sensor output digitalYEWFLO is linear with input 28 2028 SECONDARY 0 O S Temperature value VALUE 29 2029 SECONDARY C 1001 O S Temperature value unit of Al2 _VALUE_UNIT The unit is linked to the unit of XD_SCALE 30 2030 PRIMARY VALU 4s AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for the flow rate E FTIME calculation Setting range 0 to 99 s 31 2031 TERTIARY 0 Indicates the totalized flow rate and its status _ VALUE 32 2032 TERTIARY o s Indicates the unit of the totalized flow rate switches over VALUE UNIT in line with a change to the unit setting in XD_SCALE B among 1034 m3 1038 L 1088 kg 109
52. O S Totalization rate Note 4 40 4040 4240 TOTAL RESET 1 Off AUTO Resets the totalized flow rate This parameter value reverts to 1 off after it has been set to 2 to perform resetting Note 1 An intended set value can be written only if Min OUT SCALE EUO OUT SCALE EU100 lt the intended value lt INF Note 2 An intended set value cannot be written if CINF lt the intended value lt Min OUT SCALE EUO OUT SCALE EU 100 Note 3 Indicates the corresponding data for the temperature Note 4 The setting range of TOTAL RATE VAL is above 0 and its unit is determined by the setting in the Units Index element of XD SCALE For example if m h is set in Units Index of XD SCALE then the unit of TOTAL RATE VAL is m3 p square meters per pulse or if kg s is set in Units Index of XD SCALE the unit of TOTAL RATE VAL is kg p Nevertheless for TOTAL RATE VAL set a power of ten such as 0 1 1 10 or 100 If any other number is set the totalizer reading on the LCD indicator shows the totalized pulse count without the unit TASIGEGEPS A 5 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO A1 3 Transducer Block Relative index Parameter Name Factory Default wie Explanation Index Mode 0 2000 Block Header TAG TB Block Tag Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision O S Execution Time etc
53. Only tag is set Address clear Address setting SM_OPERATIONAL Tag and address are retained and the function block can be executed F0504 EPS Figure 5 4 Status Transition by Setting PD Tag and Node Address IM 01F06F00 01EN In each digitalYEWFLO the PD tag and node address are set to FT1003 and 242 hexadeci mal F2 respectively before shipment from the factory unless otherwise specified To change only the node address clear the address once and then set a new node address To set the PD tag first clear the node address and clear the PD tag then set the PD tag and node address again Devices whose node address have been cleared will await at the default address randomly chosen from a range of 248 to 251 or from hexadecimal F8 to FB At the same time it is necessary to specify the device ID in order to correctly specify the device The device ID of the YF100 is 5945430009xxxxxxxx The xxxxxxxx at the end of the above device ID is a total of 8 alphanumeric characters 5 5 Communication Setting To set the communication function it is necessary to change the database residing in SM System Management VFD 5 5 1 VCR Setting Set VCR Virtual Communication Relationship which specifies the called party for communication and resources Each digitalYEWFLO has 33 VCRs whose application can be changed except for the first VCR which is used for management Each digitalYEWFLO has VCRs of four types
54. PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status Uncertain Non Specific ARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY_VA Bad Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Bad Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VA Uncertain Non Specific A 35 IT Block BLOCK ERR Out of Service OUT D Status Bad Out of Service AR Block BLOCK ERR Out of Service OUT D Status Bad Out of Service Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided OFF Provided OFF Provide
55. SHED OPT The SHED OPT setting stipulates the specifica tions of mode shedding as shown below Only one can be set IM 01 06 00 01 Available Setting for SHED_OPT Normal shed normal return Actions upon Computer Failure Sets MODE_BLK actual to Cas and leaves MODE_ BLK target unchanged Sets both MODE_BLK actual and MODE_BLK target to Cas Sets MODE_BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE_BLK target unchanged Sets both MODE_BLK actual and MODE_BLK target to Auto Sets MODE_BLK actual to Man and leaves MODE_BLK target unchanged Sets both MODE_BLK actual and MODE_BLK target to Man If Cas is in MODE_BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged If Cas is not set in MODE BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and leaves MODE BLK target unchanged If Cas is set in MODE BLK target sets both MODE BLK actual and MODE BLK target to Cas If Cas is not set in MODE BLK target sets MODE BLK actual to Auto and MODE BLK target to Cas Normal shed no return Shed to Auto normal return Shed to Auto no return Shed to Manual normal return Shed to Manual no return Shed to retained target normal return Shed to retained target no return 0510 5 modes to which PID block transfer are limited to those set in MODE_BLK permitted and the priority levels of modes are as shown b
56. Standard FM3660 1998 FM3611 1999 FM3615 1989 FM3810 1989 Including Supplement 1 1995 ANSI NEMA 250 1991 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class I Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignition proof for Class H M Division 1 Groups E F and G SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 9 to 32Vdc Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal to Converter 30Vp p 100 Input Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Input Signal from Flowmeter 30Vp p 1004 Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female Special Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard FM3600 1998 FM3610 2010 FM3611 2004 FM3810 2005 NEMA 250 1991 ANSI ISA 60079 0 2009 ANSI ISA 60079 11 2009 ISA 60079 27 2006 Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class I II III DIV 1 Groups A B C D E F and G T4 and Class L Zone 0 AEx ia IIB IIC T4 Entity FISCO Nonincendive for Class I Div 2 Groups A B C D F and G Class III DIV 1 Class I Zone 2 Group IIC FNICO Ambient Temperature 29
57. Status Value Pre Output Status Value Density Factor Status Value Density Factor Unit Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Input Parameters Range Extension Range High Range Low Bias Gain Bias Input 1 Gain Input 1 Bias Input 2 Gain Input 2 Bias Input 3 Gain Input 3 Input Options EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Algorithm Parameters Arithmetic Type Process Value Scale Compensation High Limit Compensation Low Limit Output Parameters Balance Time Bias Gain Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Density Factor Parameters Density Factor Setup Wizard Volumetric Flow Unit Temperature Set Temperature Unit Base Temperature Pressure Set Pressure Unit Base Pressure Abs Density Set Density Unit Base Density Other Value Set Deviation First Temperature Coef Second Temperature Coef Flow Configuration Coef Maintenance Info Configuration Soft Revision Configuration Date Configuration Who Configuration Status Configuration Memo 1 Configuration Memo 2 Configuration Memo 3 Configuration Setting Info Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update
58. THERMOMETER_FUNCTION ho Abort Skip C Setup Wizard terminating et the following parameter ERMOMETER FUNCTION Use Saturated Steam Only 725 Steam Gas sto Normal Liquid Mass 2 v v Jump to method of Jump to method of Set the following parameters Set the following parameter Set the following parameters FLUID TYPE FLUID TYPE PRESSURE UNIT BASE TEMP 1 DENSITY UNIT PROCESS PRESSURE 71 4 BASE DENSITY 71 Set the following parameters 4 PRESSURE UNIT Set the following parameter PROCESS PRESSURE BASE TEMP 7 BASE PRESSURE 71 v Set the following parameters v gt FIRST_TEMP_COEF ud u dr d SECOND TEMP COEF 71 v gt lt v v Set the following parameters SECONDARY VALUE FTIME CABLE LENGTH 51 gt v 4 END D 1 Skip mode including A 90 IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 10 METHOD 2 Noise Balance Wizard Method C Noise Balance Wizard Method Display the start message Check the Mode Actual automatically judgement Set the following parameter NOISE BALANCE MOD Manual Tuning at zero 1 automatically judgement Cheekthe NOISE BALANCE MOD Manual Auto Set the following parameters NOISE RATIO uning at zero Display the following parameters NOISE BALANCE MODE NOISE RATIO TRIGGER LEVEL
59. Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Query Device TB Profile Parameters TB Original Parameters part1 TB Original Parameters part2 TB Original Parameters part3 TB Original Parameters part4 TB Service Parameters APPENDIX 9 DD MENU IM 01 06 00 01 3 Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Status Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Total Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Channel Transducer Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Options Linearization Type Low Cutoff Options Status Options Total Setup Total Start Total Rate Value Total Reset Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Process Value Filter Time Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Priority High High Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp S
60. at 0 100 Display on Lower Row of LCD Indicator UPPER DISPLAY MODE Displayed Value Display Unit and Display Format BLANK Value Blank Unit Blank TOTAL Value TOTAL VAL of Al1 Unit TERTIARY VALUE UNIT of transducer block note 3 Format Determined by TOTAL RATE VAL of AH TEMPERATURE L TYPE of AI2 DIRECT INDIRECT Value OUT Value of AI2 scaled based OUT Value of Al2 scaled based on XD SCALE XD SCALE and OUT SCALE Unit XD SCALE Units Index of Al2 OUT SCALE Units Index of AI2 but without indication of Format Number to one decimal place Value IT OUT Value Integrator Out Unit IT OUT RANGE Units Index Format IT OUT RANGE Eu 100 Eu 0 0204 5 Note 3 unit displayed for the totalized flow rate TOTAL is the value of TERTIARY_VALUE_UNIT the transducer block which is determined by the value of XD_SCALE Units Index in the Al1 block Note 4 AI3 block does not display because it is the function block for flow calculation in the AR block The following units can be displayed on the LCD m min m h L min L h Nm min Nm h kg min kg h t min and t h A 17 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 5 Setting the DI Function Blocks DI function blocks output limit switch signals received from the transducer block Two DI blocks DI1 and DI2 in each digitalYEWFLO have in
61. block When an error block error is detected in each function block or an error in the process value process alarm is detected an alarm is issued from each block If an LCD indicator is installed the error number is displayed as AL XX If two or more alarms are issued multiple error numbers are displayed in 2 second intervals when 1 is set to DISPLAY_CYCLE Indication of Alarm F0601 EPS Figure 7 1 Error Identification on Indicator The error details corresponding to alarm indica tions on the LCD indicator and whether or not switches are provided to disable the correspond ing alarms are shown in Table 7 1 For the alarms for which an alarm mask switch is pro vided the default alarm settings are also shown Those alarms for which an alarm mask switch is not provided are enabled at all times For how to modify these mask switch statuses see Appendix 3 Operation of Each Parameter in Failure Mode IM 01F06F00 01EN Table 7 1 Alarm Indications and Alarm Mask Switches LCD Error Detail Alarm Mask SW default AL 01 The EEPROM S failed Not provided AL 02 The serial communication circuit in the amplifier Not provided failed type 1 error The serial communication circuit in the amplifier I AEDS failed type 2 e
62. conform to the standard specifications H1 of FOUNDATION 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS fieldbus Function blocks Block name Number Execution time Note Al 3 29 ms Al1 Monitors the flow rate and totalized flow rate Al2 Monitors the temperature flow rate calculation of AR for a model with the multi variable type option AI3 Volumetric flow input for mass DI 25 ms Flow and temperature limit switches AR 1 40 ms Mass flow calculation Integrator block integrates a variable as a function of the time or accumulates IT 1 40 ms the counts PID 1 40 ms Applicable when LC1 option is specified Link master function BASIC of factory setting 9 2 Optional Specifications For options other than below see GS 01F06A00 01EN 02 5 Note1 For intrinsically safe approval use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories BARD 400 is not applicable Item PID Function Description Provides a PID control function block Code LC1 Multi variable Type Provides a temperature sensor Pt 1000 built into the vortex shedder bar enabling the Al2 function block to output the process fluid temperature and mass flow rates to be calculated For details see GS 01F06A00 01EN MV Software download function Based on FOUNDATION Fieldbus Specification FF 883 Download class Class 1 EE Factory Mutual FM FM explosion proof Approval Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3611 F
63. different function blocks Specifi cally link settings must be written to the link object in the digitalYEWFLO For details refer to Section 5 6 Block Setting It is also possible to read values from the host at appropriate intervals instead of linking the outputs of digitalYEWFLO s function blocks to other blocks 5 2 IM 01 06 00 01 The linked blocks need to be executed synchro nously with other blocks and the communication schedule In this case change the schedule of the digitalYEWFLO according to Table 5 3 in which factory settings are shown in parentheses Table 5 3 Function Block Execution Schedule of digitalYEWFLO Setting Factory Setting in Index Parameters Parentheses 269 MACROCYCLE DURATION Repetition period of control SM or measurement i e macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 32000 1 second 276 FB START ENTRY 1 Start time of the Al1 block SM represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 0 0 ms 277 FB START ENTRY 2 Start time of the PID block SM optional represented as the elapsed time from the start of each macrocycle to be set as a multiple of 1 32 ms 9600 300 ms 278 SM FB START ENTRY 31o Not set b FB START ENTRY 14 289 SM T0503 EPS A maximum of 29 ms is taken for execution of each Al block Arrange the communication schedule for an Al block s d
64. following steps must be taken The following section describes each step of the procedure in the order given Using a dedicated configuration tool allows the procedure to be significantly simplified This section describes the procedure which has relatively simple functions 6 1 6 2 Setting and Changing Param eters for the Whole Process A IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power immediately after setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for an improvement of reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setting is made the modified parameters are not saved and the setting may return to the original values Block mode Many parameters require a change of the block mode of the function block to O S Out of Service when their data is changed To change the block mode of the function block its MODE BLK needs to be changed The MODE_BLK is comprised of four sub parameters below 1 Target Target mode Sets the operating condition of the block 2 Actual Actual mode Indicates the current operating condition 3 Permit Permitted mode Indicates the operating condition that the block is allowed to take 4 Normal Normal mode Indicates the operating condition that the block will usually take IM 01 06 00 01 6 3 Transducer Block Param eters The transducer block sets functions specific to the flow rate measurement of the digitalYEWFLO
65. for controlling access of host computer and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 15 1015 HARD_TYPES 0x0001 The types of hardware available as channel numbers Scalar input bit0 Scalar input bit1 Scalar output bit2 Discrete input bit3 Discrete output A 1 TA0101 1 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Write Index Parameter Name Factory Default Explanation Index Mode 16 1016 RESTART Indicate the ways of restart 1 Run 2 Restart resource 3 Restart with defaults and 4 Restart CPU processor 17 1017 FEATURES 0x000a Soft write Used to show supported resource block options lock supported Report supported 18 1018 FEATURE SEL 0x000a AUTO Used to select resource block options Soft write lock Scheduled supported Bit1 Event driven Report supported Bit2 Manufacturer specified 19 1019 CYCLE_TYPE 0x0001 Scheduled Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource 20 1020 CYCLE SEL 0x0001 Scheduled AUTO Used to select the block execution method for this resource 21 1021 MIN CYCLE T 3200 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval of which the resource is capable 22 1022 MEMORY SIZE 0 Available configuration memory in the empty resource To be checked before attempting a download 23 1023 NV
66. from 0 and is reset The table A5 1 shows the details of INTEG_TYPE periodically according to CLOCK_PER 6 DEMAND Counts up from 0 and is reset on demand 7 PER amp DEM Counts up from 0 and is reset periodically or on demand Each type of integration is independently run as a function A 44 IM 01 06 00 01 Table A5 1 INTEG_TYPE APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK Reset Trigger Reset if of the Name Integration Method Integration Range following conditions is established Trip Output Counting up reaches TOES UP_AUTO 1 Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF 5 1 B INF AccTotal lt INF ER INF Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET 1 UP DEMQ Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF lt AccTotal lt INF Counting down 1 OUT reaches 0 DN_AUTO 3 Starting from 0 lt RTotal INF e RESET IN 1 O TOTAL SP INF lt AccTotal lt OP CMD_INT 1 Counting down INF lt Total lt INF m 0 lt ATotal lt INF e RESET IN 1 DNADEMQ 2 0 lt RTotal lt INF OP_CMD_INT 1 lt AccTotal lt INF INF lt Total lt INF m At the period specified by Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF PERIODICO Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF E DI 1 5 INF AccTotal lt INF 5 INF lt Total lt INF Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF RESET_IN 1 DEMAND 6 starting from 0 0
67. gt Other lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Converter Failure AL 07 lt PV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt PV Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure Not provided lt SV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 lt PV Status gt Bad Sensor Failure lt PV Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure Not provided lt SV Status gt Bad Sensor Failure lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure Not provided lt SV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Not provided lt PV Status gt Bad Out of Service lt SV Status gt Bad Out of Service lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service
68. if the write lock parameter is cleared 41 1041 ITK VER 5 Version number of interoperability test by Fieldbus Foundation applied to digitalYEWFLO 42 1042 SOFT REV a z digitalYEWFLO software revision number 43 1043 SOFT_DESC Yokogawa internal use 44 1044 SIM ENABLE MSG Spaces AUTO Software switch for simulation function 45 1045 DEVICE STATUS 1 Device status VCR setting etc 46 1046 DEVICE_STATUS 2 Device status failure or setting error etc 47 1047 DEVICE STATUS 3 Device status function block setting 48 1048 DEVICE STATUS 4 Device status sensor status 49 1049 STATUS 5 Device status function block setting 50 1050 DEVICE_STATUS 6 s Not used for digitalYEWFLO 51 1051 DEVICE_STATUS_7 Not used for digitalYEWFLO 52 1052 DEVICE STATUS 8 Not used for digitalYEWFLO 53 1053 SOFTDWN_PROTECT 0x01 AUTO Mask the software download function 0x01 No masking 0x02 Masking 54 1054 SOFTDWN FORMAT 0x01 AUTO Select the software download function format 0x01 Conform to FF Specification 55 11055 SOFTDWN COUNT 0x0000 Number of the execution times of the software download function 56 1056 SOFTDWN_ACT_AREA 0x00 Display he running Flash ROM number 0 Flash ROM O0 is running 1 Flash ROM 1 is running 57 1057 SOFTDWN MOD REV 014 1 7 0 Display the module revision of the software 58 1058 SOFTDWN ERROR 0 Display the error at th
69. lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 z INF lt AccTotal lt INF et UE HINE At the period specified by CLOCK_PER Counting up 0 lt ATotal lt INF _ PER amp DEM 7 ee e RESET IN 1 x Starting from 0 0 lt RTotal lt INF CMD INT 1 INF AccTotal lt INF E PE Legend O Trip output is made X No trip output is made A 45 TAO203 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A5 5 Output Process A5 5 1 Status Determination There are the following three output parameters The same criteria for determining the status of the output of the Integrator block are used in common for 1 OUT the above three parameters 2 OUT_TRIP 3 OUT_PTRIP Parameters OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are used only when INTEG_TYPE is a value from 1 to 4 In case of Integrator block related memory failed the status of OUT OUT_TRIP OUT_PTRIP becomes Bad Device Failure Bad Uncertain GOOD PCT INCL 0 UNCERT_LIM GOOD_LIM 100 100 1 msp of RTotal msp of ATotal msp of RTotal RTotal value that is converted into a short floating point number msp of ATotal ATotal value that is converted into a short floating point number RTotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments whose status is bad ATotal Integrated value of the absolute values of the increments regardless of the output status FA0204 EPS Figure A5 4 Status of OUT OUT_T
70. lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service A 32 Not provided Provided ON Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0301 2 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 06 AL 07 AL 08 AL 20 AL 21 AL 22 AL 23 AL 24 AL 25 AL 26 AL 27 Alarm Detail Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter Failure AL 07 Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 No FB Scheduled AL 20 RB in O S Mode AL 21 DI1 in O S Mode AL 25 DI1 Block DI2 Block PID Block lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure IT Block AR Block lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of S
71. made to see if the sub status of each input is Not Connected Note that the main inputs may be accepted if IN or IN LO is not in Not Connected sub status In this case the number of inputs that are not in Not Connected sub status is regarded as N A6 4 Output Section After executing the computing equation the block applies a gain to the calculated result and then adds a bias to it It then substitutes the result into PRE OUT and if the mode is in AUTO the value of PRE OUT is taken as OUT PRE OUT func X gain bias where func result of computing equation execution OUT PRE OUT when the mode is in AUTO Next the block performs limitation processing OUT HI LIM OUT LOW LIM This processing is described as follows with respect to the value of PRE OUT If PRE OUT OUT HI LIM PRE OUT OUT HI LIM The high limited processing is applied to the status of OUT If PRE OUT OUT LO LIM PRE OUT OUT LO LIM The low limited processing is applied to the status of PRE OUT IM 01 06 00 01 A6 4 1 Mode Handling Mode Output Auto OUT PRE_OUT MAN For OUT the OUT value in the Auto mode just 0 8 before change to MAN O S is retained 0303 5 the Manual mode including 5 the value of OUT in the Auto mode just before a change to the Manual mode is held or the value written to OUT is output If the mode is switched from Manual to Auto th
72. main body of this manual Note 5 These parameters are set in accordance with the specifications written in the registered sizing data if it is supplied In case of UNCALIBRATION order they are set to the defaults when shipped 0103 6 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO A1 4 DI Function Block Relative Index Write Factory Default Explanation Index DH Di2 Parameter Name y Mode p 0 6000 6100 Block Header Block Tag Information on this block such as the block tag DD O S revision and execution time 1 6001 6101 ST_REV 0 The revision level of the static data of the DI block The value of this parameter is incremented each time a static parameter value is changed 2 6002 6102 TAG DESC spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 6003 6103 STRATEGY 1 AUTO Used by an upper level system to identify grouping of the block Not checked or processed by the block 4 6004 6104 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms 5 6005 6105 MODE O S AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 6006 6106 BLOCK ERR Indicates the error statuses related to the block itself 7 6007 6107 PV D The primary discrete value or process
73. monitored but no action takes place even when it changes 7 Live list equalization Transmits SPDU messages to LMs to equalize live lists 8 LAS transfer Transfers the right of being the LAS to another LM 9 Reading writing of See Section A6 5 NMIB for LM 10 Round Trip Delay Not yet supported in the current Reply RR version Reply to DLPDU 11 Long address Not yet supported in the current version TA0604 EPS A 63 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 5 LM Parameters A7 5 1 LM Parameter List The tables below show LM parameters of a digitalYEWFLO Meanings of Access column entries RW read write possible R read only Sub 4 nR ene n Access Remarks 362 DLME LINK MASTER CAPABILITIES VARIABLE 0x04 RW 363 DLME LINK MASTER 0 RW INFO RECORD 1 MaxSchedulingOverhead 0 2 DefMinTokenDelegTime 100 3 DefTokenHoldTime 300 4 TargetTokenRotTime 4096 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 400 6 TimebDistributionPeriod 5000 7 Maximumlnactivity ToClaimLasDelay 8 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 6000 364 LINK MASTER FLAG VARIABLE RW LAS True OxFF non LAS False 0x00 365 LIVE LIST STATUS ARRAY VARIABLE R 366 MAX TOKEN HOLD 0 0x0000x16 0x012cx16 RW TIME ARRAY 1 Elementi 0 012 5 0 0000 27
74. range 0 to 12MPa For Natural aas Pressure signal 0 2 inei cus pops 9 Temperature condition For natural gas AGA No 8 is applied for including Natural lt 35m s Temperature Temperature range 10 to 65 C a pressure compensation gas 9 5 and Pressure computing 35m s 80m s General gas is computed using physical For general gas and liquid DIPPR properties supported by DIPPR database is applied AIChE database American Institute of Chemical AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers for Mass flow computing Engineers Density parameters are downloaded by C FSA120 FieldMate Flow Navigator omputed using physical properties Liquid Not fixed Temperature supported by DIPPR database AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers 1 Mass Flow Accuracy for Steam and Natural gas is computed adding by Temperature and Pressure compensation based on Volumetric Flow Accuracy 2 Refer to GS 01F06A00 01EN about mass and volumetric flow accuracy of Al1 output and temperature accuracy of AI2 output 01 02 5 01 06 00 01 Electrical Specifications Output Signals Digital communication signal compliant with the FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol Communication Requirement Condition of Communication Line Supply voltage 9 to 32 V DC Supply current 15 mA maximum 24 mA maximum for the software download Functional Specifications Functional specifications for Fieldbus communication
75. seconds The setting of PRIMARY VALUE FTIME affects not only the flow rate but also the totalization In comparison the setting of parameter PV FTIME in an AI function block works as the damping time constant for the Al block s OUT As the damping feature of the flowmeter itself it is advisable to use PRIMARY VALUE FTIME Output signal low cut mode setup LOW CUT FLOW of TR block This setup is used for zeroing flow rate readings in a low flow rate area The value of LOW CUT FLOW the cutoff level is set in the same unit as that for PRIMARY VALUE RANGE In comparison the setting of parameter LOW CUT in an Al function block works as a low cutoff level setting for the Al block s OUT As the low cutoff feature of the flowmeter itself it is advisable to use LOW CUT FLOW Simulation setup SIMULATE of AI DI block Simulation of each Al DI block can be performed in such way that the value and status of the input to the block can be set arbitrarily Use this function for loop checks or the like Refer to Section 7 3 Simulation Function LOD display setup UPPER DISPLAY MODE LOWER DISPLAY MODE and DISPLAY CYCLE of TR block Set the units of data to be displayed on the LCD and the display refresh cycle Adjust DISPLAY CYCLE to improve legibility such as when used in a low temperature environment causing hard to read indications Calibration range change CAL POINT HI and CAL POINT LO of TR block Set the 0 and
76. stacks 3 ActiveSchedule 2 _ Indicates the version number of Version the schedule currently executed 4 ActiveSchedule 2 Indicates the index number of OdIndex the domain that stores the schedule currently executed 5 ActiveSchedule 6 Indicates the time when the StaringTime current schedule began being executed A 67 TA0613 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 14 DimeScheduleDescriptor This parameter exists for the same number as the total number of domains and each describes the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain For the domain to which a schedule has not yet been downloaded the values in this parameter are all zeros Sub Size index Element bytes Description 1 Version 2 Indicates the version number of the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 2 Macrocycle 4 Indicates the macro cycle of the Duration LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain 3 TimeResolution 2 Indicates the time resolution that is required to execute the LAS schedule downloaded to the corresponding domain TA0614 EPS 15 Domain Read write impossible get OD possible Carrying out the GenericDomainDownload com mand from a host writes an LAS schedule to the domain A7 6 FAQs Q1 When the LAS stops a digitalYEWFLO does not back it up by becoming the LAS Why A1 1 Is that digitalYEWFLO running as an LM Check that the value of BootOperatFunctio
77. the same as the respective lowest capability values in all the devices within the segment NOTE When changing the settings in a yix ample is chown below digitalYEWFLO add the digitalYEWFLO to the segment in which an LAS is running After DImeBasiclnfo digitalYEWFLO Index 361 SM making changes to the settings do not turn off the ub Element Description power to the digitalYEWFLO for at least 60 index seconds Capability value 1 SlotTime 4 8 10 20 for V ST 1 Set the node address of the digitalYEWFLO MaxResponse 5 Capability value In general use an address from 0x14 to Delay for V MRD V FUN 1 MinInterPdu Capability value Delay 4 8 12 10 0x00 0601 OxOF Not used In this case set SlotTime MaxResponseTime 0x10 and MinInterPduDelay as follows 0x13 Bridge device 0x14 ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord evice ien V FUN digitalYEWFLO Index 369 SM Not used Subindex Element fain Description V FUN V NUN 1 SiotTime 20 4095 V ST OxF7 Basic device OxF8 3 MaxResponseDelay 6 5 V MRD Default address 6 MinlnterPduDelay 12 12 V MID Portable device address TA0602 EPS OxFF FA0603 EPS Figure A7 3 Node Address Ranges A 62 IM 01 06 00 01 3 In the LAS settings of the digitalYEWFLO set the values of V FUN and V NUN
78. this current controlled circuit the parameter Imax is not required and need not be aligned with parameter Isc or It of the barrier or associated nonincendive field wiring apparatus 11 Approved under FNICO Concept Electrical data Vmax 32V Ci 1 76nF Li 0 10 10 IM 01 06 00 01 10 3 IECEx AN WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of product 10 3 1 Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 2007 10 IEC60079 1 2007 04 Certificate IECEx DEK 11 0077X Type of Protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29 C to 80 C T5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C TI 29 C to 450 C T100301 eps Note Use HT version above 250 C Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor Ambient Tamp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Fl
79. unit OUT SCALE Node address Set to OxF2 unless otherwise specified when ordered 04 5 Explanation of parameters 1 XD SCALE Defines the input values from the transducer block input range of the sensor corresponding to 0 and 100 values in the calculation inside the Al function block For a digitalYEWFLO the values set as the flow span or temperature range optional are stored in this parameter 2 OUT SCALE Output scaling parameter Defines the output values corresponding to 0 and 100 values in the calculation inside the Al function block 3 L TYPE Determines whether the values passed from the transducer block sensor should be output without processing Direct or through scaling conversion based on OUT SCALE Indirect 9 5 IM 01 06 00 01 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT In this section further requirements and differences for explosion proof type instrument are described except JIS Flame proof For explosion proof type instrument the description in this chapter is prior to other description in this Instruction Manual An WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations 10 1 ATEX A WARNING Only trained persons use this instrument in industrial locations Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion hazard Avoid any actions that cause the generation of electrostatic charge such as rubb
80. value for execution of the block s functions 8 6008 6108 OUT D MAN Indicates the value and status of block s output 9 6009 6109 SIMULATE D Disabled AUTO Allows use of values manually set instead of the limit switch input from the transducer block When Disable is set for this value the block reflects the actual input value and status 1 Disabled 2 Active 10 6010 6110 XD STATE 0 Not used in a digitalYEWFLO 11 6011 6111 OUT STATE 0 Not used in a digitalYEWFLO 12 6012 6112 GRANT DENY 0 AUTO Option to control access from the host computer and local control panel to tuning and alarm parameters Before write access to a parameter set the GRANT bit in this parameter to have the operation right to be granted Then after write access check the DENY bit in this parameter If the write access is complete successfully it is not ON 13 6013 6113 OPTS 0 O S Sets the block input output options 14 6014 6114 STATUS OPTS 0 O S Defines block actions depending on block status conditions For DI blocks of a digitalYEWFLO only bit 0 Invert on off state inversion is effective 15 6015 6115 CHANNEL 3 DI1 O S The channel number of the transducer block s logical 4 DI2 hardware channel connected to this block Fixed to 3 for DI 4 for DI2 in the DI blocks of a digitalYEWFLO 16 6016 6116 FTIME Os AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for PV_D 17 6017 6117 FIELD VAL D The status of the limi
81. 0 TEMPERATURE UNIT 51 55 52 5 TEMP 53 DENSITY UNIT 4 54 PROCESS DENSITY 8 55 BASE_DENSITY S 56 PRESSURE UNIT 57 PROCESS PRESSURE 58 BASE PRESSURE 59 DEVIATION 62 FIRST TEMP COEF 63 SECOND_TEMP_COEF 4 T0519 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 2 Explanations of Parameters 1 2 3 4 PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE Relative Index 13 Indicates the type of the measured item represented by PRIMARY_VALUE For the digitalYEWFLO the value of PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE is 100 and 101 as follows 100 Mass flow 101 Volumetric flow 65535 Other Default 101 Volumetric flow PRIMARY_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 30 Defines the damping time constant for the flow rate to be input to the flow rate calculation Setting range 0 to 99 seconds Default 4 seconds THERMOMETER_FUNCTION Relative Index 48 Determines the use of the temperature monitoring function for a model with the MV option 1 Monitor only 2 Saturated steam 3 Superheated steam 4 Gas STD Normal 5 Liquid Mass 6 Not use Default 1 Monitor only FLUID_TYPE Relative Index 49 Selects the type of process fluid to be measured 1 Liquid Volume 2 Gas Steam Volume 3 Liquid Mass 4 Gas Steam Mass 5 Gas Std Normal Default 1 Liquid Volume 6 3 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 5 TEMPERATURE_UNIT Relative Index 50 Selects the unit of temperature Setting range 1001
82. 0 to 100 Set EU at 100 of XD_SCALE to 100 Set EU at 0 of XD_SCALE to 0 Set Unit Index of XD_SCALE to 1342 1 1 Each unit is expressed using a 4 digit numeric code Refer to Section 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters 3 Setting the output mode Access the L_TYPE parameter Set the output mode 1 Direct Sensor output value 2 Indirect Linear output value 3 IndirectSQRT Square root extraction output value 1 IndirectSQRT is not used for the digitalYEWFLO 0206 5 4 Simulation Perform simulation of each Al function block by setting the desired value and status of the input to the block REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM_ENABLE_MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block Access the En Disable element of the SIMULATE parameter to enable simulation 1 Disabled 2 Active Access the SIMULATE Status element of SIMULATE and set the desired status code Access the SIMULATE Value element of SIMULATE and set the desired input value FA0207 EPS If simulation is enabled Al block uses SIMU LATE Status and SIMULATE Value as the input and if disabled the Al block uses Trans ducer Status and Transducer Value as input Refer to Section 7 3 Simulation Function IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 4 Setting the Transducer The above shows the setting procedure for limit Block switch 1 As necessary also s
83. 017 4117 4217 CUT 0 0 AI AUTO Sets low cut point of output This low cut value become 0 0 Al2 available by setting Low cutoff to IO OPTS 0 0 AI3 18 4018 4118 4218 Osec Al1 AUTO Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV in Osec 12 seconds Osec AI3 19 4019 4119 4219 FIELD VAL Raw value of the field device in percent of thePV range with a status reflecting the Transducer condition before signal characterization L_TYPE filtering PV_FTIME or low cut LOW_CUT 20 4020 4120 4220 UPDATE EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 21 4021 4121 4221 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 22 4022 4122 4222 ALARM SUM The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 23 4023 4123 4223 OPTION Oxffff AUTO Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 24 4024 4124 4224 ALARM HYS 0 5 AUTO Amount the P
84. 1 Auto this value cannot be modified When it is 2 Manual the desired value can be set as a fixed ratio 83 2083 SIGNAL LEVEL 1 O S Sets the signal level Setting range 0 1 to 20 0 84 2084 FLOW_VELOCITY Indicates the current flow velocity in m s 1061 updated periodically 85 2085 SPAN VELOCITY Indicates the span flow velocity in m s 1061 updated periodically For a model with the MV option if THERMOMETER_FUNCTION is 1 Monitor only or 6 Not use this parameter is set to the value calculated based on the density under the normal operating conditions and normal operating temperature specified by the customer 86 2086 VORTEX Indicates the current vortex generation frequency in Hz FREQUENCY 1077 updated periodically 87 2087 SPAN FREQ Indicates the vortex generation frequency at the span flow in Hz 1077 updated periodically For a model with the MV option if THERMOMETER FUNCTION is 1 Monitor only or 6 Not use this parameter is set to the value calculated based on the density under the normal operating conditions and normal operating temperature specified by the customer 88 2088 FLUID DENSITY Indicates the fluid density calculated based on the A 10 temperature data in the unit determined by DENSITY_UNIT updated periodically TA0103 5 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Inde
85. 102 2 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 1 6 Installation Diagram of Type of Protection n Integral type Terminator Field Instrument 1 Hazardous Location Terminator DYA DY N Remote type DYC Signal cable DY Flowmeter Converter Flowmeter Ao OA 4 Qr Bo _ mo To OT 1 gt of So co o 4 O 1 U Field Instrument 1 o Field Instrument o Hazardous Location rminator Non Hazardous Location ociated us 1 Wire for T termanal Terminator Non Hazardous Location E O Associated a Apparatus e ad o E ii Note With temperature sensortype Installed Without temperature sensor type Not Installed More than one field instrument may be connected to the power supply line terminator and the power supply shall be certified Electric data Maximum Input Voltage Ui 32Vdc Internal Capacitance Ci 3 52nF Internal Inductance Li OmH A IMPORTANT hazardous location BT200 BRAIN Terminal can not be connected to the digitalYEWFLO which is approved by ATEX Intrinsically Safe See the IM 1 11 0 F100103 EPS 10 1 7 Screw Mar
86. 12 FasDllSubscriberTime Not used for the digitalYEWFLO 13 FasDlilSubscriber SynchronizationDicep Not used for the digitalYEWFLO 14 FmsVfdld Sets VFD for the digitalYEWFLO to be used 0x1 System network management VFD 0x1234 Function block VFD 15 FmsMaxOutstanding Set 0 to Server It is not ServiceCalling used for other applications 16 FmsMaxOutstanding Set 1 to Server It is not ServiceCalled used for other applications 17 FmsFeatures Supported Indicates the type of services in the application layer In the digitalYEWFLO it is automatically set according to specific applications T0504 2 EPS These 33 VCRs are factory set as shown in Table 5 5 Table 5 5 VCR List ph UN Factory Setting 293 1 For system management Fixed 294 2 Server LocalAddr OxF3 295 3 Server LocalAddr OxF4 296 4 Server LocalAddr OxF7 297 5 Trend Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address 0x1 11 298 6 Publisher LocalAddr 0x20 299 7 Alert Source LocalAddr 0x07 Remote Address 0x1 10 300 8 Server LocalAddr OxF9 301 to 325 9 to 33 Not set 0505 5 5 2 Function Block Execution Control According to the instructions given in Section 5 3 set the execution cycle of the function blocks and schedule of execution 5 6 Block Setting Set the parameter for function block VFD 5 6 1 Link Objects A link object
87. 1363 gal h USgal h 1364 gal d USgal d 1365 ImpGal s UKgal s 1367 ImpGal min UKgal min 1368 ImpGal h UKgal h 1369 ImpGal d UKgal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374 GAS XD SCALE Std Normal N Normal S Standard SCFM scf min 1360 SCFH sct h 1361 Nm s 1522 Nm min 1523 Nm h 1524 Nm d 1525 Sm s 1527 Sm min 1528 Sm h 1529 Sm d 1530 NL s 1532 NL min 1533 NL h 1534 NL d 1535 SL s 1537 SL min 1538 SL h 1539 SL d 1540 Temperature C 1001 F 1002 AI3 channel 5 m3 s 1347 m3 min 1348 m3 h 1349 m3 d 1350 L s 1351 L min 1352 L h 1353 L d 1354 CFS cf s 1356 CFM cf min 1357 CFH cf h 1358 ft3 d cf d 1359 gal s USgal s 1362 GPM USgal min 1363 gal h USgal h 1364 gal d USgal d 1365 ImpGal s UKgal s 1367 ImpGal min UKgal min 1368 ImpGal h UKgal h 1369 ImpGal d UKgal d 1370 bbl s 1371 bbl min 1372 bbl h 1373 bbl d 1374 Note With the same setting T0517 EPS some units are represented differently between the FOUNDATION Fieldbus communi cation type and the HART or BRAIN communication type of a digitalYEWFLO Each unit enclosed in brackets above shows the unit for the HART or BRAIN communication type of a digitalYEWFLO corresponding to the preceding unit for the FOUNDATION Fieldb
88. 2 AR IN is connected to the volumetric Provided OFF AL 90 AR Input1 AR IN 1 is not connected to the Provided OFF temperature AL 91 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is not connected to the Provided OFF pressure AR Compensation Coefficient AR AR FLOW __ AL 92 CONFIG Element changed unexpected Provided OFF Therefore AR Output AR OUT Value is uncertainty AR Output Range Units Index AR OUT RANGE Unit AL 93 Index is not selected rightly the corresponding to AR Provided OFF Arithmetic Type AR ARITH TYPE Not provided for a model with the MV option and with the fluid density calculation set to be active 0701 5 7 2 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION IM 01 06 00 01 7 2 2 Alarms and Events Each digitalYEWFLO can report the following alarms and events as alerts Analog Alerts Generated when a process value exceeds threshold By Al Block Hi Hi Alarm Hi Alarm Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Discrete Alerts Generated when an abnormal condition is detected By Resource Block Block Alarm Write Alarm By Transducer Block Block Alarm By Al Block Block Alarm By PID Block Block Alarm Update Alerts Generated when a important restorable parameter is updated By Resource Block Update Event By Transducer Block Update Event By Al Block Update Event By PID Block Update Event An alert has the following structure Table 7 2 Alert Object Subindex Sc c Parameter Explanation 9 56 o9
89. 2 t 1521 Nm3 1531 NL Sm3 1526 1536 SL Normal S Standard 33 2033 LIMSW_1_VALUE Indicates the value of limit switch 1 which switches ON _D and OFF depending on the digital value of the target input parameter selected in LIMSW_1_TARGET and based on the threshold set in LIMSW_1_SETPOINT with the hysteresis set in LIMSW_1_HYSTERESIS The direction of the switching action is determined by the setting in LIMSW_1_ACT_DIRECTION 34 2034 LIMSW_1 1 O S The target of limit switch 1 _TARGET PRIMARY_VALUE 1 PRIMARY_VALUE 2 SECONDARY_VALUE 35 2035 LIMSW_1 0 O S Sets the threshold of limit switch 1 If the value of SETPOINT LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION is HIGH LIMIT limit switch 1 turns ON when LIMSW 1 TARGET has gone beyond LIMSW 1 SETPOINT If the value of LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION is LO LIMIT limit switch 1 turns ON when LIMSW 1 TARGET has gone below LIMSW 1 SETPOINT The unit set in LIMSW 1 UNIT applies 36 2036 LIMSW 1 ACT 1 HIGH LIMIT 0 5 Selects the direction of the limit switch 1 s actions _DIRECTION 1 HIGH LIMIT high limit switch 2 LO LIMIT low limit switch 37 2037 LIMSW_1 0 O S Sets the hysteresis of limit switch 1 to be applied for HYSTERESIS resetting the LIMSW 1 VALUE D to OFF after LIMSW 1 TARGET went beyond LIMSW 1 SETPOINT and LIMSW 1 VALUE D turned ON when used as a high limit switch or after LIMSW 1 TARGET went below LIMSW 1 SETPOINT and LIMSW 1 VALUE D turned ON when us
90. 207 PV 0 Either the primary analog value for use in executing the function or a process value associated with it May also be calculated from the READBACK value of an AO block 8 4008 4108 4208 OUT 0 Value The primary analog value calculated as a result of MAN executing the function 9 4009 4109 4209 SIMULATE Disabled AUTO Allows the transducer analog input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track the actual value and status 1 Disabled 2 Active 10 4010 4110 4210 XD SCALE Specified at the 5 The high and low scale values engineering units code time of order and number of digits to the right of the decimal point used Note 3 with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified 40 to 260 C for channel Refer to 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters for the 12 0 to 10m h unit available for 11 4011 4111 4211 OUT SCALE Specified atthe O S The high and low scale values engineering units code time of order and number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be Note 3 used in displaying the OUT parameter and parameters 40 to 260 C for which have the same scaling as OUT Refer to 6 4 AI Al2 0 to 10m h Function Block Parameters for the unit available for AI3 12 14012 4112 4212 GRANT DENY 0x00 AUTO Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operat
91. 7 5V Imax 460mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 Nonincendive Vmax 32V Ci 1 76nF Li 0 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female FS16 T03 01 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN Item ATEX Description ATEX Flameproof Approval Applicable Standard EN60079 0 EN60079 1 Type of protection II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Il 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Il Category 2G Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T6 29 to 80 C T5 29 to 100 C T4 29 to 135 C 3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C 1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female Code KF2 ATEX Intrinsically Safe Approval Note 1 Applicable Standard EN50014 A1 A2 EN50020 EN60079 27 EN50284 Type of Protection EEx ia IIB IIC T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector EEx ia IIB IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group II Category 1G Maximum Working Pressure 15MPa DY015 t
92. 8 153 VOLUME FLOW 5 154 VOLUME FLOW UNIT 2 Total bytes 16 62 57 2 2 2 54 75 67 50 88 2 T0512 2 EPS 5 9 IM 01 06 00 01 Table 5 13 View Objects for Each Al Function Block Relative __ VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index Parameter Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG_DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT_KEY 1 5 MODE_BLK 4 4 6 BLOCK_ERR 2 2 7 PV 5 5 8 OUT 5 5 9 SIMULATE 10 XD_SCALE 11 11 OUT_SCALE 11 12 GRANT_DENY 2 13 IO OPTS 2 14 STATUS OPTS 2 15 CHANNEL 2 16 L TYPE 1 17 LOW CUT 18 PV FTIME 19 FIELD VAL 5 5 20 UPDATE EVT 21 BLOCK ALM 22 ALARM SUM 8 8 23 ACK OPTION 24 ALARM HYS 4 25 HI HI PRI 1 26 HI HI 4 27 HI PRI 1 28 HI LIM 4 29 LO PRI 1 30 LO LIM 4 31 LO LO PRI 1 32 LO LO LIM 4 33 ALM 34 ALM 35 LO ALM 36 LO LO ALM 37 TOTAL 4 38 TOTAL START 39 TOTAL RATE VAL 40 TOTAL RESET Total bytes 31 26 35 46 T0513 EPS 5 10 5 CONFIGURATION Note The Al2 block does not have parameters after index No 37 TOTAL inclusive Table 5 14 View Objects for Each DI Function Block Relative Parameter Mnemonic VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index 1 2 3 4 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG_DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT_KEY 1 5 MODE_BLK 4 4 6 BLOCK_ERR 2 2 7 PV_D 2 2
93. 8 13 1 the setpoint high low limits can be put into force also when the value of MODE BLK is CAS or RCAS IM 01 06 00 01 A8 12 External output Tracking External tracking is an action of outputting the value of the remote output TRK_VAL set from outside the PID block as illustrated in the figure below External tracking is performed when the block mode is LO TRK_VAL TRK_SCALE OUT_SCALE PID control computation result o No gt OUT LO mode 0504 5 change the block mode to LO 1 Select Track Enable in CONTROL OPTS 2 Set TRK IN D to true However to change the block mode from MAN to LO Track in Manual must also be specified in CONTROL OPTS A8 13 Measured value Tracking Measured value tracking also referred to as SP PV tracking is an action to equalize the setpoint SP to the measured value PV when the block mode MODE BLK actual is MAN in order to prevent a sudden change in control output from being caused by a mode change to AUTO While a cascade primary control block is perform ing the automatic or cascade control in the AUTO or CAS mode when the mode of its secondary control block is changed from CAS to AUTO the cascade connection is opened and the control action of the primary block stops The SP of the primary controller can be equalized to its cascade input signal CAS IN also in this case The settings for measured value tracking are made in the parameter CONTROL
94. 8 OUT_D 2 2 9 SIMULATE_D 10 XD_STATE 11 OUT_STATE 12 GRANT_DENY 13 IO_OPTS 2 14 STATUS OPTS 2 15 CHANNEL 2 16 PV_FTIME 4 17 FIELD_VAL D 2 2 18 UPDATE_EVT 19 BLOCK ALM 20 ALARM SUM 8 8 21 ACK OPTION 2 22 DISC PRI 1 23 DISC 1 24 DISC ALM Total bytes 22 8 22 19 T0514 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 Table 5 15 View Objects for PID Function Block Optional Relative Parameter Mnemonic VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index 1 2 3 4 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT KEY 1 5 MODE BLK 4 4 6 BLOCK ERR 2 2 PV 5 5 8 SP 5 5 9 OUT 5 5 10 PV_SCALE 11 11 OUT_SCALE 11 12 GRANT_DENY 2 13 CONTROL_OPTS 14 STATUS_OPTS 15 IN 5 16 PV_FTIME 4 17 BYPASS 1 18 CAS_IN 5 5 19 SP_RATE_DN 20 SP_RATE_UP 21 SP_HI_LIM 22 SP_LO_LIM 23 GAIN 4 24 RESET 4 25 BAL_TIME 4 26 RATE 4 27 BKCAL_IN 5 28 OUT_HI_LIM 29 OUT_LO_LIM 30 BKCAL_HYS 4 31 BKCAL_OUT 32 RCAS_IN 33 ROUT_IN 34 SHED_OPT 1 35 RCAS_OUT 36 ROUT_OUT 37 TRK_SCALE 11 38 TRK_IN_D 39 TRK_VAL 5 40 FF_VAL T0515 1 EPS 5 CONFIGURATION Relative Parameter Mnemonic VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index 1 2 3 4 41 FF_SCALE 11 42 FF_GAIN 4 43 UPDATE_EVT 44 BLOCK_ALM 45 ALARM_SUM 8 8 46 ACK_OPTION 47 A
95. 9 AL 70 AL 80 Alarm Detail AI2 in Man Mode AL 65 AI2 Simulation Active AL 66 AI2 Not Scheduled AL 67 DI1 in Man Mode AL 68 DI1 Simulation Active AL 69 DI1 Not Scheduled AL 70 DI2 in Man Mode AL 71 DI2 Simulation Active AL 72 DI2 Not Scheduled AL 73 PID Bypass Mode AL 74 PID Error 1 AL 75 PID Error 2 AL 76 AI3 Man Mode AL 77 Simulation Active AL 78 AI3 Not Scheduled AL 79 IT in Man Mode AL 80 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Total Backup Err AL 82 IT Conf Err AL 83 AR in Man Mode AL 84 AR Not Scheduled AL 85 AR Range Conf Err AL 86 AR Temp IN Over Range AL 87 AR Press IN Over Range AL 88 RS Block BLOCK ERR Simulation Active BLOCK ERR Simulation Active BLOCK ERR Simulation Active TR Block Ali Block A 26 AI2 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Simulation Active AI3 Block OUT Status Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific BLOCK ERR Simulation Active Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provi
96. 99 9 to 999 9 52 2052 BASE TEMP 15 Note 5 O S Sets the temperature under the standard conditions of the process Setting range from 999 9 to 999 9 A 8 TA0103 3 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Mode Explanation 53 2053 DENSITY UNIT 1097 O S Selects the unit of density Note 5 54 2054 PROCESS 1024 Note 5 O S Sets the density of the process fluid under the normal _DENSITY operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 55 2055 BASE DENSITY 1024 Note 5 O S Sets the density of the process fluid under the standard operating conditions Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 56 2056 PRESSURE_UNIT MPaa 1545 O S Selects the unit of pressure between 1545 MPa and Note 5 1547 kPa 57 2057 PROCESS 0 1013 Note 5 O S Sets the normal operating absolute pressure of the _ PRESSURE process Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 58 2058 BASE 0 1013 Note 5 O S Sets the absolute pressure under the standard conditions PRESSURE of the process Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 59 2059 DEVIATION 1 Note 5 O S Sets the deviation factor of the process fluid Setting range 0 001 to 10 0 60 2060 SECONDARY 4s AUTO Sets the time constant of damping for the temperature _VALUE_FTIME calculation Setting range
97. A amp 5 Control Outputs u etit o eec A 73 A8 5 1 Velocity Type Output Action A 73 A8 6 Direction of Control A 73 A8 7 Control Action Bypass eene nens A 74 iv IM 01 06 00 01 CONTENTS A8 8 Feed forWard aea y Dya aaye daa A 74 A8 9 BIo6k M00699 He A 74 A8 9 1 Mode Transitions sss A 75 A8 10 Bumpless Transfer 75 A8 11 Setpoint A 75 A8 11 1 When PID Block Is in AUTO Mode A 75 A8 11 2 When PID Block Is CAS or RCAS Mode A 75 A8 12 External output A 76 A8 13 Measured value Tracking u A 76 A8 13 1 CONTROL _OPTS A 76 A8 14 Initialization and Manual Fallback IMAN A 76 A8 15 Manual Fallback re or ihre ebore eda A 77 A8 15 1 STATUS OPTS iicet e e eR a Rer Pa A 77 8 16 Fallbackxu u u tiv iUud at ates A 77 A8 17 Mode Shedding upon Computer Failure A 77 8217 5 anaq o n ORDRE ban A 77 A8 19 Alarms occ tede ec rte A 78 A8 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM
98. A6 6 Example of Connection ARITH_TYPE 32 Saturated steam Temperature ARITH_TYPE 35 Gas temperature pressure compensation ARITH_TYPE 37 Gas temperature pressure compensation Detail In case of using external temperature output In case of using external temperature output DYFAI3 DYFAI3 Mass Flow Rate Mass Flow Rate or Temp Al Volumetric Flow Temp Al Rate at Normal M Condition Press Al In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYF AI3 In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYF Mass Flow Rate Mass Flow Rate or DYF AI2 Volumetric Flow DYF AI2 Rate at Normal Condition Press Al ARITH_TYPE 33 Saturated steam Pressure ARITH_TYPE 36 Liquid temperature compensation ARITH_TYPE 38 Liquid temperature compensation Detail Mass Flow Rate In case of using external temperature output DYFAI3 Mass Flow Rate Temp Al ARITH_TYPE 34 Superheat steam In case of using external temperature output DYFAI3 In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYFAI3 Mass Flow Rate L mp emp Mass Flow Rate DYF Al2 Press Al In case of using built in temperature sensor output DYF AI3 DYF AI2 Press Al Mass Flow Rate 0606 5 60 01FO6F00 01EN APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 1 Link Active S
99. ALISI3G AIN TdW3 L4V AINCIdW3 L LIN TINT auNSSaud uv LIND V Buiwollo Ae dsig 943 Ae dsig 54939uieJed ZUMO 243 396 3uiwo gj 396 493euieJed 3uiwo gj 396 5493oureJed 3uiwo gj 396 5493oureAed 243 328 2 ann vol un mols yun ssew atun ssew atun ssew X3QNI LIN 3ONVH 1nO 4ejeuie4ed eui 19S X3QNI 100 eui 396 X3QNI 3 1no 395 X3QNI LINN eui 79S LNO X3GNI LNO eu 79S LIN Y 39NVH 100 eui 395 X3QNI LIN T3ONVH 100 eui 39S A A A LINN MO 3WITIOA aui 398 LINN MO lH SAMOA HV s4eyeure4ed Sumo lio 247 398 LINN MO ld HV Suwo a1 LINN MO 14 S4 y tueJed 3uwo a1 79S SWMOA HV HV Suwoloj 24 LIND 3W TIOA HV
100. AR DENSITY UNIT Density unit 44 BASE DENSITY Density unit at normal condition 45 AR FIRST TEMP COEF 151 temperature coefficient for liquid 46 SECOND TEMP COEF 2nd temperature coefficient for liquid 47 AR FLOW CONFIG A polynomial coefficient for density calculation 16 Gas Temp Press Calculation Detail use FLOW CONFIG 0 to 11 Liquid calculation Detail use FLOW CONFIG O0 to 3 48 AR DENSITY FACTOR Correction value Mass flow output density at operating condition Volumetric flow output ratio of density at operation condition to density at normal condition 49 AR DENSITY FACTOR UNIT Correction value unit The unit is indicated only for density at operation condition 50 CONFIG SOFT REV Memo The version of MV tool which is calculated multinominal approximation coefficient 51 AR CONFIG DATE Memo The date of multinomial approximation coefficient setting 52 AR CONFIG WHO Memo The person who set the multinominal approximation coefficient 53 CONFIG STATUS Memo Setting download status 54 CONFIG VSTRING32 Memo 32 characters 55 AR CONFIG VSTRINGI6 Memo 16x2 characters 56 AR CONFIG OSTRING32 Memo 32 characters 57 AR CONFIG OSTRING2 SUM of coefficient which is calculated at multinominal approximation coefficient setting A 59 TA0305 02 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK
101. ATUS_3 Index 1047 8 DEVICE STATUS Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x10000000 No function blocks scheduled AL 20 No function blocks are scheduled 0x02000000 Transducer block in O S mode AL 22 The transducer block is in O S mode 0x01000000 11 block in O S mode AL 23 The block is in O S mode 0x00800000 AI2 block in O S mode AL 24 The AI2 block is in O S mode 0x00400000 DI1 block in O S mode AL 25 The DI1 block is in O S mode 0x00200000 DI2 block in O S mode AL 26 The DI2 block is in O S mode 0x00100000 PID block in O S mode AL 27 The PID block is in O S mode 0x00040000 Al1 block in MAN mode AL 62 The AH block is in manual mode 0x00020000 Simulation is enable Al1 AL 63 Simulation is enabled in the Al1 block 0x00010000 Al1 block not scheduled AL 64 The Al1 block is not scheduled 0x00004000 AI2 block in MAN mode AL 65 The AI2 block is in manual mode 0x00002000 Simulation is enable in AI2 AL 66 Simulation is enabled in the AI2 block 0x00001000 AI2 block not scheduled AL 67 The AI2 block is not scheduled 0x00000400 DI1 block in MAN mode AL 68 The 011 block is in manual mode 0x00000200 Simulation is enable in DI1 AL 69 Simulation is enabled in the DI1 block 0x00000100 DI1 block not scheduled AL 70 The 011 block is not scheduled 0x00000040 DI2 block in MAN mode AL 71 The DI2 block is in manual mode 0x00000020
102. Amplifier for Fieldbus Communication 2 1 IM 01 06 00 01 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 1 Outline Fieldbus is a bi directional digital communication protocol for field devices which offers an ad vancement in implementation technologies for process control systems and is widely employed by numerous field devices The Fieldbus communication type of the digitalYEWFLO employs the specification standardized by the Fieldbus FOUNDATION and provides interoperability between Yokogawa devices and those produced by other manufacturers Featuring two Al and two DI function blocks in each the Fieldbus communication type s software enables a flexible instrumentation system to be implemented For information on other features engineering design construction work startup and mainte nance of Fieldbus refer to Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38 01 01 3 2 Internal Structure of digitalYEWFLO Each digital Y EWFLO contains two Virtual Field Devices VFDs that share the following functions 3 2 1 System Network Management VFD Sets node addresses and Physical Device tags PD Tag necessary for communication Controls the execution of function blocks Manages operation parameters and communication resources Virtual Communication Relationship VCR 3 2 2 Function Block VFD 1 Resource RS block Manages the status of digitalYEWFLO hardware Automatically informs the host of any
103. Auto forward reverse with respect to the corresponding IN 23 RESET IN Auto The parameter that receives a reset request from an external block to reset the integrated values 24 STOTAL 0 0 Indicates the snapshot of OUT just before a reset 25 RTOTAL 0 0 MAN Indicates the integrated value of the absolute values of the increments if the input status is Bad 26 SRTOTAL 0 0 Indicates the snapshot of RTOTAL just before a reset 27 SSP 0 0 Indicates the snapshot of TOTAL SP just before a reset Integration Type Setting Value Name Description 1 UP AUTO Counts up and is automatically reset when TOTAL SP is reached UP AUTO UP DEM Counts up and is reset as demanded 28 INTEG TYPE K Auto 3 DN AUTO Counts down and is automatically reset when 0 is reached 4 DN DEM Counts down and is reset as demanded 5 PERIODIC Counts up and is reset at periods specified in CLOCK PER 6 DEMAND Counts up and is reset as demanded 7 PER amp DEM Reset periodically or as demanded Specifies an integration optional function bit Option Name Description 0 Input 1 accumulate Selects Rate or Accum input of IN 1 1 Input 2 accumulate Selects Rate or Accum input of IN 2 2 Flow forward Integrates forward flow interprets reverse flow as zero 3 Flow reverse Integrates reverse flow interprets forward flow as zero 4 Us Uses an input value of IN_1 or IN 2 whose status is Uncertain se uncertam regarding it as a value of Good TE Uses an i
104. Bytes Description 1 Header Version Number 2 Indicates the version number of the header 2 Header Size 2 Indicates the header size Manufacturer ID 6 Indicates the value of resource block s MANUFAC_ID manufacturer ID as character string data 4 Device Family 4 Indicates the device family With this product Device Family indicates the value of resource block s DEV_TYPE as character string data 5 Device Type 4 Indicates the value of resource block s DEV_TYPE as character string qata 6 Device Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource block s DEV_REV 7 DD Revision 1 Indicates the value of resource block s DD_REV 8 Software Revision Indicates the value of resource block s SOFT_REV 9 Software Name Indicates the attribute of the binary file With this product Software Name indicates either of the following ORIGINAL followed by one space Original file UPDATE followed by two spaces Update file 10 Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name 0111 5 104 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager With DeviceViewer it is possible to display whether or not the hardware status and configuration are normal as the result of self diagnosis performed by an FF H1 device Please refer to IM 33Y05Q10 01E
105. C CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL Made in kJ TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN WARNING YOKOGAWA 4 Remote type converter Type n protection C Ex nL IC T4 Gc AMB TEMP 40 TO 60 C 30 TO 1606 WITH INDICATOR Ui 32V Ci 352nF Li digita YWEWFLO Ui VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER 3G po ENCLOSURE IPS EjUuZd d 9 32V DC YOKOGAWA Made in 2 WARNING TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USERS MANUAL N200 C zD 10 5 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPLY Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Manufacturing serial number 1 1 The first digit in the final three numbers of the serial number appearing after NO on the nameplate indicates the year of production The following is an example of a serial number for a product that was produced in 2011 NO S5K965926 135 TProduced in 2011 TAG NO Specified TAG No CE CE marking 0344 The indentification number of the notified body II2G Group II Category 2 Gas atmosphere Group II Category 1 Gas atmosphere II3G Group II Category 3 Gas atmosphere 2 The product producing country IM 01 06 00 01 10 2 FM 10 2 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable
106. C22 2 No 0 4 04 C22 2 No 0 5 1982 C22 2 No 25 1966 C22 2 No 30 M1986 C22 2 No 94 1991 C22 2 No 142 M1987 C22 2 No 61010 1 04 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 2003 1166201 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class I B C and D Class II Groups E F and G Class III For Class I Division 2 location FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Certificate Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Code Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T6 60 C 85 C T5 60 C 100 C T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C T2 60 C 300 60 450 7100401 1 EPS Temperature Code Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Power Supply 9 to 32Vdc Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Output Signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Output Signal 30Vp p 100 Input Output signal Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Input Signal 30Vp p 100 Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY200 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 female Special IM 01 06 00 01 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 4 2 Dual Seal Option CF11 Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI I
107. CE STATUS 4 bit3 High vibration AL 52 AL 52 High vibration AL 52 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit2 Clogging AL 53 AL 53 Flow anomaly clogging AL 53 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit1 Fluctuating AL 54 AL 54 Flow anomaly excessive output fluctuations AL 54 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bito Table A12 3 Configuration Mandatory DI1 in O S mode AL 25 AL 25 Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter No FB scheduled AL 20 AL 20 No function blocks are scheduled AL 20 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit28 RB in O S mode AL 21 AL 21 The resource block is in O S mode AL 21 RS DEVICE STATUS 1 bit22 TB in O S mode AL 22 AL 22 The transducer block is in O S mode AL 22 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit25 in O S mode AL 23 AL 23 The 1 block is in O S mode AL 23 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit24 AL 24 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit23 The AI2 block is in O S mode AL 24 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit22 AI2 in O S mode AL 24 DI2 in O S mode AL 26 AL 26 The 011 block is in O S mode AL 25 The DI2 block is in O S mode AL 26 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit21 Simulate enable jumper ON SIMULATE ENABLE switch is ON RS DEVICE STATUS 1 bit23 Table A12 4 Configuration Optional Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter PID in O S mode AL 27 AL 27 The PID block is in O S mode AL 27 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit20 Al3 in O S mode AL 28 AL 28 RS DEVICE STA
108. Canadian Standards Association CSA CSA Explosion proof Approval Applicable Standard C22 1 C22 2 No 0 C22 2 No 0 4 C22 2 No 0 5 C22 2 No 25 C22 2 No 30 C22 2 No 94 C22 2 No 142 C22 2 No 61010 1 ANSI ISA 12 27 01 Type of Protection explosion proof for Class I Groups B C and D Class II Groups E F and G Class Ill For Class Division 2 location FACTORY SEALED CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Type 4X Temperature Code T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Amb Temp 2910 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T6 85 C T5 100 C 4 135 T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Maximum Working Pressure 15 MPa DY015 to DY200 5 MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 female CF1 CSA Explosion proof Approval The approval specification is the same with CF1 Process Sealing Certification Dual Seal Certified by CSA to the requirement of ANSI ISA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required CF11 IECEx Certification IECEx Flameproof Approval Applicable Standard IEC60079 0 IEC60079 1 Type of protection Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Temperature Class T6 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remo
109. Class 1 devices can continue the specified measurement and or control actions even while software is being downloaded to them Upon completion of a download however the devices will be reset internally to make the new down loaded software take effect and this will halt fieldbus communication and function block executions for about one minute A 97 A11 3 Preparations for Software Downloading For software downloading you need to prepare the following Software download tool Software for downloading file for each of the target field devices For the software download tool use only a program developed for that purpose For details see the software s User s Manual For information about updates of software binary files for field devices and how to obtain them visit the following web site http www yokogawa com fld fld top en htm A CAUTION Do not hook up the software download tool to a fieldbus segment while the plant is in operation as it may temporarily disturb the communication Always connect the tool before starting opera tion IM 01F06F00 01EN AN NOTE The download tool can not execute downloading during other system connects to the system network management VFD of the device A11 4 Software Download Se quence The flowchart below outlines the software download procedure Although the time taken for the entire procedure varies depending on the size of the field bus device s so
110. ETER IN FAILURE MODE 1 Parameter Values upon Failure for Standard Model and Multi variable Type with THERMOMETER_FUNCTION in TR block Set to Monitor Only or Not Use LCD Display AL 01 AL 02 AL 03 AL 04 AL 05 Alarm Detail AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 RS Block lt BLOCK_ERR gt Lost Static Data Lost MV Data Alarm Reset TR Block Block AI2 Block AI3 Block sw default lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt T aul Bad Non Specific Not provided Bag STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active P Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default iure Bad Non Specific SE aru STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt mE A Bad Non Specific Not provided Device rallre STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active P Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific a ca u STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 lt PV
111. IX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS 1 2 Setting the output scale Access the OUT_SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of OUT_SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 100 of OUT_SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 0 of OUT_SCALE Set the decimal point position in Decimal Point of OUT_SCALE FA0203 EPS Example To set the output range to 0 00 to 100 00kg h Set kg h 1324 in Units Index of OUT_SCALE Set 100 in EU at 100 of OUT_SCALE Set 0 in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE and Set 2 in Decimal Point of OUT SCALE The AI2 block performs the temperature output calculation optional 2 1 Setting the calibration range Access the XD_SCALE parameter Set the upper range limit in EU at 100 of XD_SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 0 of XD_SCALE Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD_SCALE FA0204 EPS Example To measure 0 to 200 C Set EU at 100 of XD SCALE to 200 Set EU at 096 of XD SCALE to O Set Unit Index of XD SCALE to 1001 2 2 Setting the output scale Access the OUT SCALE parameter Set the output value corresponding to the upper range limit in EU at 10096 of OUT SCALE Set the output value corresponding to the lower range limit in EU at 0 of OUT SCALE Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE 0205 5 set the output range to
112. LARM_HYS 4 48 PRI 1 49 HI HI LIM 4 50 HI PRI 1 51 HI LIM 4 52 LO PRI 1 53 LO LIM 4 54 LO_LO_PRI 1 55 LO LO LIM 4 56 1 57 DV_HI_LIM 4 58 DV LO PRI 1 59 DV LO LIM 4 60 ALM 61 ALM 62 LO_ALM 63 LO_LO_ALM 64 DV_HI_ALM 65 DV_LO_ALM Total bytes 43 43 83 104 T0515 2 EPS Table 5 16 Indexes to View Objects for Each Block Block VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW 1 2 3 4 Resource block 40100 40101 40102 40103 40202 40207 Transducer block 40200 40201 40204 40208 40205 40210 40211 block 40400 40401 40402 40403 AI2 block 40410 40411 40412 40413 DI1 block 40600 40601 40602 40603 DI2 block 40610 40611 40612 40613 PID block optional 40800 40801 40802 40803 41750 41751 41752 41753 IT function block 41600 41601 41602 41603 5 11 0516 5 01 06 00 01 6 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 6 1 Outline This chapter describes basic TR Transducer block Al and DI function block parameter setting displays of the integral indicator Refer to Appendixes other function blocks and LM function This chapter contains information on how to adapt the function and performance of the digitalYEWFLO to suit specific applications Because two or more devices are connected to FOUNDATION Fieldbus settings including the requirements of all devices need to be deter mined Practically the
113. Location Terminator Non Hazardous Location 9 Safety Barriar Note Remote type Terminator Terminator DYC Signal Cable Safety Barriar 1 Wire for T termanal With temperature sensor type Non Hazardous Location Installed DYA DY N Converter Flowmeter Ao OA Bo oB To OT 1 C zB o V i 4 Field Instrument Without temperature sensor type Not Installed In the rating 1 the output current of the barrier must be limited by a resistor Ra such that lo Uo Ra In the rating 2 the output of the barrier must be the characteristics of the trapezoid or the rectangle and this transmitter can be connected to Fieldbus equipment which are in according to the FISCO model terminators may be built in by a barrier More than one field instrument may be connected to the power supply line terminator and the safety barrier shall be certified Electrical data IIC II B Rating1 Entity Rating2 FISCO Rating3 FISCO Maximum Input Voltage Ui 24V 17 5V 17 5V Maximum Input Current li 250mA 380mA 460mA Maximum Input Power Pi 1 2W 5 32W 5 32W Maximum Internal Capacitance Ci 1 76nF 1 76nF 1 76nF Maximum Internal Inductance Li 0 0 0 10 3 F100103 EPS F100
114. M3615 FM3810 Including Supplement 1 ANSI NEMA 250 Type of Protection Explosion proof for Class Division 1 Groups A B C and D Dust ignitionproof Class Division 1 Groups F and G SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Enclosure Rating NEMA TYPE 4X Temperature Code T6 Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Maximum Working Pressure 16 MPa DY015 to DY200 5 MPa DY250 and DY300 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female FF1 FM Intrinsically Safe Approval Note 1 Nonincendive Applicable Standard FM3600 FM3610 FM3611 FM3810 NEMA 250 ANSI ISA 60079 0 ANSI ISA 60079 11 ISA 60079 27 Type of Protection Intrinsically Safe for Class I II III DIV 1 Groups A B C D E F and G T4 and Class Zone 0 AEx ia IIB IIC T4 Entity FISCO Nonincendive for Class II Div 2 Groups A B C D F and G Class Ill DIV 1 Class 1 Zone 2 Group IIC FNICO Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Indoors and Outdoors TYPE 4X Electrical Parameters Intrinsically Safe Entity Vmax 24V Imax 250mA Pi 1 2W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 FISCO IIC Vmax 17 5V Imax 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF FISCO IIB Vmax 1
115. NTEG_OPTS Bit 3 of INTEG_OPTS Adder Options Flow Forward Flow Reverse H H TOTAL L L TOTAL H L FORWARD E H REVERSE TA0202 EPS The result of the adder is passed to the integrator If only one of the inputs is connected the value of a non connected input will be ignored When bit 7 of INTEG_OPTS Add zero if bad has been set if the status of a value after addition is Bad the value after addition increment becomes 0 A5 4 Integrator When addition is complete its result will be passed to There are the following four types of integrated values T ANON 1 Total Integrates the result of the adder as is Integration consists of combinations of a reset method 2 and counting up down There are the following seven integration types which can be set using INTEG_TYPE ATotal Integrates the absolute value of the result of the adder 3 RTotal Integrates the absolute value of the Hc UE Os SCOURS Tenet result of the adder only if the status of the result when TOTAL_SP is reached is Bad 2 UP DEM Counts up from 0 and reset on This value is used for the RTOTAL value 4 AccTotal An extension function The result of 3 DN_AUTO Counts down with automatic the adder is integrated as is and will not be reset when zero is reached reset 4 DN_DEM Counts down from SP and reset The value is used for the ACCUM_TOTAL expanded on demand parameter value 5 PERIODIC Counts up
116. Nonvolatile Cycle Time Fault State Free Space Set Fault State Free Time Clear Fault State Identification Device Status Manufacturer Id Device Status 1 Device Type Device Status 2 Device Revision Device Status 3 DD Revision Device Status 4 Other Info Device Status 5 ITK Version Device Status 6 Soft Revision Device Status 7 Soft Description Device Status 8 SoftDL Count SoftDL Act Area SoftDL Module Revision SoftDL Error Query Device RS Standard parameters Enhanced parameters Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host A 80 IM 01 06 00 01 2 Transducer Block Note Parameter name Transducer Block Top menu Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Transducer Directory Transducer Type Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Primary Value Value Status Secondary Value Status Value Secondary Value Unit Tertiary Value Status Value Tertiary Value Unit Volumetric Flow Status Value Volumetric Flow Unit Configuration Calibration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Setup Wizard General Model Sensor Info Sensor Type Sensor Status Sensor Serial Number Sensor Range EUat100 EUato Units Index Decimal Linearization Type Primary Value Type Primary Value Range EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Transducer Calibration Info Sensor Calibration Method Calibration Highest Point Calibration Lowest Point Calibration Minimum Span Calibr
117. O S MAN and AUTO are supported 6 BLOCK ERR 0 Indicates the active error conditions associated with the function block in bit strings 7 TOTAL SP 1000000 0 Auto The setpoint of an integrated value or a start value for counting down 8 OUT MAN The block output 100000 9 OUT RANGE 0 0 Set scaling for output display This does not affect operation of the function block E m3 1054 It is used for making memos 10 GRANT_DENY 0 The parameter for checking if various operations have been executed Allows you to select a status related option 11 STATUS_OPTS 0 0 5 The Integrator block uses Uncertain if Man mode only 12 IN 1 0 0 Auto i Inputs flow Rate Accum sienals from the AI block or PI block 13 IN2 0 0 Auto 14 OUT TRIP 0 Value Auto An output parameter informing the user that the integrated value has exceeded the setpoint 15 OUT PTRIP 0 Value Auto An output parameter informing the user that the integrated value is reaching the setpoint 16 TIME UNITI sec 1 MAN Set the time unit of the Rate kg s kg min kg h etc of the 17 TIME UNIT2 sec 1 MAN corresponding IN 18 UNIT CONV 1 0 Auto Specify the unit conversion factor for standardizing the unit of IN 2 into that of IN 1 19 PULSE VALI 1 0 MAN Set the factor for converting the number of pulses for the corresponding 20 PULSE_VAL2 1 0 MAN IN into an appropriate engineering unit 21 FLOWI Selector switch used to specify the fluid flow direction 22 REV_FLOW2
118. OPTS as shown in the table below APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A8 13 1 CONTROL OPTS Options in CONTROL OPTS Bypass Enable Description This parameter allows BYPASS to be set SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in Man MODE BLK target is set to Man SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in ROut MODE BLK target is set to ROut SP PV Track Equalizes SP to PV when in LO or IMan actual is set to LO or IMAN SP PV Track Equalizes SP to RCAS IN when MODE retained BLK target is set to RCas and to CAS Target when MODE BLK target is set to Cas when the actual mode of the block is IMan LO Man or ROut Direct Acting Set the PID block to a direct acting controller Track Enable This enables the external tracking function The value in TRK VAL will replace the value of OUT if TRK IN D becomes true and the target mode is not Man Track in Manual This enables TRK VAL to replace the value of OUT when the target mode is Man and TRK IN D is true The actual mode will then be LO Use PV for Sets the value of PV in BKCAL OUT and BKCAL OUT RCAS OUT instead of the value of SP Obey SP limits Puts the setpoint high low limits in force in if Cas or RCas the Cas or RCas mode No OUT limits Disables the high low limits for OUT in the in Manual Man mode 0508 5 8 14 Initialization Manual Fallback IMAN Initialization and manual fallback denotes a set of act
119. PERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 27 AL 28 AL 29 AL 30 AL 41 AL 42 AL 43 AL 51 AL 52 AL 53 AL 54 AL 61 AL 62 AL 63 AL 64 Alarm Detail PID O S Mode AL 27 AI3 O S Mode AL 28 IT O S Mode AL 29 AR O S Mode AL 30 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 Temp Over Range AL 43 Transient Vibration AL 51 High Vibration AL 52 Clogging AL 53 Fluctuating AL 54 Indicator Over Range AL 61 in Man Mode AL 62 11 Simulation Active AL 63 1 Not Scheduled AL 64 RS Block BLOCK ERR Simulation Active TR Block 11 Block BLOCK ERR lt PV Status gt Other Uncertain Non Specific lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Velocity Over Range AL 41 lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain EngineeringUnit not Violation lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Over Range AL 43 lt SV Status gt Uncertain Substitute lt PV Status gt Uncertain Last Usable Value lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate lt O
120. R Flow IN NotConnected AL 89 AR Temp IN NotConnected AL 90 AR Press IN NotConnected AL 91 AR Comp Coef Conf Err AL 92 AR Output Unit Conf Err AL 93 RS Block TR Block Ali Block A 38 Al2 Block Block Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0302 9 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 89 AL 90 AL 91 AL 92 AL 93 Alarm Detail AR Flow IN Not Connected AL 89 AR Temp IN Not Connected AL 90 AR Press IN NotConnected AL 91 AR Comp Coef Conf Err AL 92 AR Output Unit Conf Err AL 93 Alarm Reset DI1 Block DI2 Block PID Block IT Block AR Block sw default lt OUT Status gt Provided Bad Non Specific OFF lt OUT Status gt Provided Bad Non Specific OFF lt OUT Status gt Provided Bad Non Specific OFF lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error Provided lt OUT Status gt OFF Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error Provided lt OUT Status gt OFF Dcf Configuration Error 3 Alarm Reset Switch Settings Some alarms can be disabled and enabled using switches in parameter ALARM PERFORM inside the transducer block as explained below 1 Setting TA0302 10 EPS As shown in the following table the individual b
121. RIMARY VALUE RANGE Units Index applies 70 2070 UPPER DISPLAY 1 AUTO Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the _MODE LCD indicator 1 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate as a percentage 2 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate in the specified unit 3 Temperature Temperature as a percentage can only be selected for a mode with the MV option 4 Arithmetic Out 71 2071 LOWER_DISPLAY 1 AUTO Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the _MODE LCD indicator as follows 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature can only be selected for a mode with the MV option 4 Integrator Out 72 2072 DISPLAY CYCLE 1 500 ms O S Sets the display refresh cycle of the LCD indicator as a AUTO multiple of 500 milliseconds Setting range 1 to 10 0 5 to 5 seconds A 9 0103 4 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Index Parameter Name Factory Defaut Write Fxpianation Index Mode 73 2073 USER ADJUST 1 O S User set adjustment factor The measured flow rate multiplied by this factor is output Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 74 2074 REYNOLDS 1 Not Active O S Selects whether to activate Reynolds number correction 1 ADJUST Not Active 2 Active 75 2075 VISCOSITY 1 Note 5 O S Sets the viscosity coefficient of the process fluid Whe
122. RIP and OUT_PTRIP Outputs OUT Value OUT_TRIP Status and OUT PTRIP Status are determined by the ratio of the Good integrated values to all integrated values which is stored in PCT INCL 0 to 100 The user must set the threshold value of each status to UNCERT LIM and GOOD LIM The Integrator block determines the status of the output using the three parameters PCT INCL UNCERT LIM and GOOD LIM PCT INCLZGOOD QGood UNCERT INCL GOOD Uncertain PCT INCL UNCERT Bad If INTEG TYPE is 5 6 or 7 the status of the trip output becomes Good NS Constant A 46 IM 01 06 00 01 A5 5 2 Determining the Output Value The value of OUT Value is determined as follows For counting up OUT integration start value 0 Total For counting down OUT integration start value TOTAL_SP Total For counting up APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK Total Total of integrated values This value is retained even if INTEG_TYPE is changed during integration in AUTO If OUT is rewritten in the MAN mode integration starts with the value rewritten in MAN mode after the mode was returned to AUTO The values in OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are determined according to the correlation between OUT and TOTAL_SP PRE_TRIP PRE_TRIP 31 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 0 Counting up starting from 0 For counting down OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT
123. SA 12 27 01 No additional sealing required Primary seal failure annunciation at the O ring seal portion between shedder bar and amplifier housing 10 5 TIIS Certificate Model Shedder Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Detector bar Material N None Indicator D With Indicator N None Indicator DY015 E TC14901 TC14912 TC14923 DY025 R1 DY040 R2 x TC18903 TC18914 TC18925 DY025 E TC19504 TC19513 TC19522 DY040 R1 DY050 R2 x TC18904 TC18915 TC18926 DY040 E TC19505 TC19514 TC19523 DY050 R1 DY080 R2 x TC18905 TC18916 TC18927 DY050 E TC19506 TC19515 TC19524 DY080 R1 DY100 R2 x TC18906 TC18917 TC18928 DY080 E TC19507 TC19516 TC19525 DY100 R1 DY150 R2 x TC18907 TC18918 TC18929 DY100 E TC19508 TC19517 TC19526 DY150 R1 DY200 R2 x TC18908 TC18919 TC18930 DY150 E TC19509 TC19518 TC19527 DY200 R1 x TC18909 TC18920 TC18931 E TC19510 TC19519 TC19528 DY200 x TC18910 TC18921 TC18932 DY250 E TC19511 TC19520 TC19529 DY300 E TC19512 TC19521 TC19530 m Shedder Remote Type Converter bar Material N None Indicator D With Indicator DYA TC14934 TC14935 T100501 EPS Integral Type Flowmeter Remote Type Flowmeter With Indicator None Indicator Ex d IIC T6 Detector Converter Construction Flame Proof Approval lt lt lt Amb Temp 20 60 lt lt lt Rating Maximum power supply vortage DC42
124. Set four data the unit of the range the input value at the 096 point always 0 for a digitalYEWFLO the input value at the 10096 point equal to the flow span and the decimal point position Output scale setup OUT SCALE of AI block Set the scale of output corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in operation within the Al function block It is possible to set a unit and scale that differ from the measurement range Set four data the unit of the scale the output value at the 0 point i e the lower output scale limit the output value at the 100 point i e the upper output scale limit and the decimal point position Output mode setup L TYPE of Al block Select the calculation function of each AI function block from the following Direct The output of the transducer block is directly output only via filtering without scaling and square root extraction in the range set in XD SCALE Indirect Proportional scaling is applied to the input to the Al function block and the result is output in the range set in OUT SCALE IndirectSQRT Square root extraction is applied to the input to the Al function block and the result is output in the range set in OUT SCALE This setting is not used for a digitalYEWFLO This output mode setting also applies to the scale and unit of indications on the LCD indicator Damping time constant setup PRIMARY VALUE FTIME of TR block Set the time constant of damping in
125. Simulation is enable in DI2 AL 72 Simulation is enabled in the DI2 block 0x00000010 Di2 block not scheduled AL 73 The DI2 block is not scheduled 0x00000004 PID block in BYPASS mode AL 74 The PID block is in BYPASS mode 0x00000002 PID Function Block Error 1 AL 75 PID block error 1 0x00000001 PID Function Block Error 2 AL 76 PID block error 2 Table 8 4 Contents of DEVICE STATUS 4 Index 1048 T0703 EPS Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x00000100 Indicator overrange AL 61 Indicator overrange 0x00000080 Flow velocity overrange AL 41 Flow velocity overrange 0x00000040 Flow rate span exceeding limit AL 42 The flow rate span setting exceeds the range limit 0x00000020 Temperature overrange AL 43 Temperature overrange 0x00000008 Transient excessive vibration AL 51 Transient excessive vibration transient disturbance 0x00000004 Excessive vibration AL 52 Excessive vibration 0x00000002 Flow anomaly clogging AL 53 Flow anomaly clogging 0x00000001 Flow anomaly fluctuating AL 54 Flow anomaly excessive output fluctuations 8 2 T0704 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 Table 8 5 Contents of DEVICE_STATUS_5 Index 1049 8 DEVICE STATUS Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x08000000 AI3 in O S Mode AL 28 AI3 Block is in O S mode 0x04000000 IT in O S Mode AL 29 IT Block is in O S m
126. State Time Stamp Static Rev Relative Index Others Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device AR Standard parameters AR Enhanced parameters A 87 IM 01 06 00 01 10 PID FB Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Cascade Input Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Back Calculation Input Status Value Back Calculation Output Status Value Remote I O Remote Cascade Input Status Value Remote Out Input Status Value Remote Cascade Output Status Value Remote Out Output Status Value Others Feed Forward Value Status Value Status Value Tracking Input Discrete Status Value Configuration Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Scaling Filter Limits Process Value Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal utput Scale EU at 100 EU at 096 Units Index Decimal Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Process Value Filter Time Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Output High Limit Output Low Limit Control Parameters p Balance Time Feed Forward Control Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Feed Forward Gain Tracking Tracking Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Options Control Opti
127. Status gt Default lt PV Status gt n pon Bad Non Specific Not provided Bad Device Failure STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active d Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default EE CE Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure BLOCK ERR Other XD ERROR AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Not provided lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 lt PV Status gt Provided Uncertain Sensor Conversion not ies Site Uncertain Non Specific Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific A 20 TA0301 1 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 01 AL 02 AL 03 AL 04 AL 05 Alarm Detail AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 DI1 Block DI2 Block PID Block lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad De
128. TATUS 8 4 53 SOFTDWN PROTECT 1 54 SOFTDWN FORMAT 1 55 SOFTDWN COUNT 2 56 SOFTDWN ACT AREA 1 57 SOFTDWN MOD REV 16 58 SOFTDWN ERROR 2 Total bytes 22 32 73 35 0511 5 01 06 00 01 Table 5 12 View Objects for Transducer Block 5 CONFIGURATION Relative Paramet r Mnemonic VIEW VIEW VIEW 3 VIEW 3 VIEW_3 VIEW_3 VIEW 4 VIEW 4 VIEW 4 VIEW 4 VIEW 4 VIEW 4 Index 1 2 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 1 ST REV 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 TAG_DESC STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT_KEY 1 5 MODE_BLK 4 6 BLOCK_ERR 7 UPDATE EVT 8 BLOCK ALM 9 TRANSDUCER DIRECTORY 10 TRANSDUCER 2 2 2 2 11 XD ERROR 1 1 12 COLLECTION DIRECTORY 13 PRIMARY VALUE TYPE 2 14 PRIMARY VALUE 5 5 15 PRIMARY VALUE RANGE 11 16 CAL POINT HI 17 CAL POINT LO 18 CAL MIN SPAN 4 19 CAL UNIT 20 SENSOR TYPE 2 21 SENSOR RANGE 11 22 SENSOR SN 4 23 SENSOR CAL METHOD 2 24 SENSOR CAL LOC 32 25 SENSOR CAL DATE 7 26 SENSOR CAL WHO 32 27 LIN TYPE 1 28 SECONDARY VALUE 5 29 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT 2 30 PRIMARY FTIME 4 31 TERTIARY VALUE 5 32 TERTIARY VALUE UNIT 2 33 LIMSW 1 VALUE D 2 34 LIMSW 1 TARGET 1 35 LIMSW 1 SETPOINT 4 36 LIMSW 1 ACT DIRECTION 1 37 LIMSW 1 HYSTERESIS 4 38 LIMSW 1 UNIT 2 39 LIMSW 2 VALUE D 2 40 LIMSW 2 TARGET 1 41 LIMSW
129. TERESIS resetting the LIMSW 2 VALUE D to OFF after LIMSW 2 TARGET went beyond LIMSW 2 SETPOINT and LIMSW 2 VALUE D turned ON when used as a high limit switch or after LIMSW 2 TARGET went below LIMSW 2 SETPOINT and LIMSW 2 VALUE D turned ON when used as a low limit switch 44 2044 LIMSW 2 UNIT Indicates the unit set LIMSW 2 TARGET 45 2045 ALARM 0x1070 AUTO A series of bits each of which works as a switch to enable _PERFORM and disable specific alarm s write zeros to the respective bits in this parameter to disable desired alarms For details see Appendix 3 46 2046 ARITHMETIC 1 Available Indicates whether the arithmetic block is available _BLOCK 47 2047 SENSOR_STATUS Indicates whether the flow detector has the built in temperature sensor 1 Standard 2 Built in Temp Sensor 48 2048 THERMOMETER 1 Monitor only O S Selects the usage of the thermometer function FUNCTION Note 5 1 Monitor only 2 Saturated steam 3 Superheated steam 4 GAS STD Normal For 5 LIQUID Mass A 6 Not use 63 49 2049 FLUID_TYPE 1 LIQUID Volume O S Selects the type of the measured process fluid Table Note 5 1 LIQUID Volume 6 3 2 GAS STEAM Volume 3 LIQUID Mass 4 GAS STEAM Mass 5 GAS STD Normal 50 2050 TEMPERATURE C 1001 Note 5 O S Selects the unit of temperature UNIT 51 2051 PROCESS TEMP 15 Note 5 O S Sets the normal operating temperature of the process Setting range 9
130. TUS 5 bit27 IT in O S mode AL 29 AL 29 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit26 AR in O S mode AL 30 AL 30 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit25 PID in BYPASS mode AL 74 AL 74 The PID block is in BYPASS mode AL 74 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit2 PID error 1 AL 75 AL 75 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit1 PID error 2 AL 76 AL 76 RS DEVICE STATUS bito IT Total not saved AL 82 AL 82 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit17 IT Conf Err CLOCK PER AL 83 AL 83 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit16 AR Conf Err RANGE HI LO AL 86 AL 86 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit12 AR Temp IN over range AL 87 AL 87 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit11 AR Press IN over range AL 88 AL 88 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit10 AR Flow IN not connect AL 89 AL 89 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit9 AR Temp IN not connect AL 90 AL 90 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit8 AR Press IN not connect AL 91 AL 91 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit7 AR Conf Err Comp coef AL 92 AL 92 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit6 AR Conf Err Output unit AL 93 AL 93 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit5 A 106 IM 01 06 00 01 Table A12 5 Others APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager Alarm item Alarm No Description Parameter Indicator over range AL 61 AL 61 Indicator overrange AL 61 RS DEVICE STATUS 4 bit8 in MAN mode AL 62 AL 62 The Al1 block is in manual mode AL 62 RS DEVICE STATUS bit18 in simulate active AL 63 AL 63 Simulation is enabled in the Al1 block AL 63 RS DE
131. TWARE DOWNLOAD dl Element Description 1 Command 1 Reads writes software download commands 1 PREPARE_FOR_DWNLD instruction of download preparation 2 ACTIVATE activation instruction 3 CANCEL_DWNLD instruction of download cancellation 2 State 1 Indicates the current download status 1 DWNLD_NOT_READY download not ready 2 DWNLD_PREPARING download under preparation 3 DWNLD_READY ready for download 4 DWNLD_OK download complete 5 DOWNLOADING download underway 6 CHECKSUM FAIL not used in this product 7 FMS DOWNLOAD FAIL failure during download 8 DWNLD INCOMPLETE download error detected at restart 9 VCR FAIL not used in this product 10 OTHER download error other than 6 and 7 detected 3 Error Code 2 Indicates the error during a download and activation 0 success configuration retained download successfully completed 32768 65535 Download error See Table 4 for error codes 4 Download Domain Index Indicates the index number of the domain for software downloading Download Domain Header Indicates the index number of the domain header to which the download is Index performing 6 Activated Domain Header 4 Indicates the index numbers of the domain header currently running Index 7 Domain Name 8 Indicates the domain name With this product Domain Name indicates the field device name TAO110 EPS 3 DOMAIN HEADER Sub Size Index Element
132. The following figure shows an example of the DeviceViewer window displayed for the digitalYEWFLO module Refresh button Stop button Stop If several alarms were generated Set Refresh Period button the items are displayed in sequential cycles DeviceViewe FT1003 lt 20 Device Path Built in Connection Device Tag FT1003 E anostic Information Trend Information Alarm Display Diagnostic Parameter List gt AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 2 41 03 Module Failure 2 41 04 Flow Sensor Failure amp L 05 Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter Failure AL 07 Temp Sensor Failure 4L 08 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 Temp Over Range AL 43 Transient Vibration AL 51 High Vibration AL 52 Clogging L53 m Parameter List Title Parameter Name Value Unit Quality Output of AIT AI01 0UT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Out of Ser Output of Alt AIDT TOTAL 0 000000 Not Defined Output of Al2 Al02 0UT 0 000000 degC Bad Non specif Output of IT ITO1 0UT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Non specif Output of AR AR01 0UT 0 000000 Not Defined Bad Non specif Ready FA1201 EPS A 105 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 12 DEVICEVIEWER WINDOW EXECUTED FROM PRM Plant Resource Manager Table A12 1 Hardware Failure
133. UT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Al2 Block lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific AI3 Block lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service Alarm Reset Sw default Provided OFF Provided lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Simulation Active A 24 lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Not provided Provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific OFF Provided lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt PV Sta
134. User s Model DY EVWVVF LO Manual Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter Fieldbus Communication Type IM 01F06F00 01EN NN YOKOGAWA IM 01F06F00 01EN Yokogawa Electric Corporation 6th Edition CONTENTS CONTENTS 12 INTRODUCTION u u aa u niei dai 1 1 E Regarding This 4 1 1 B Warranty sient 1 1 Safe Use of This Product a 1 2 ATEX nasion aaa eaii iin Waaa uA aywaq aw kasaae 1 4 2 AMPLIFIER FOR FIELDBUS COMMUNICATION 2 1 3 ABOUT FIELDBYUS 1 urrioesexs seven to Ip neus Con nean rn dne 3 1 neni TUTTA 3 1 3 2 Internal Structure of 3 1 3 2 1 System Network Management VFD 3 1 3 2 2 Function Block 3 1 3 3 Logical Structure of Each Block sse 3 2 3 4 Wiring System Configuration 2 2 3 2 GETTING STARTED kainai 4 1 4 1 Connection of 4 1 4 2 Host Setting ini denies uw aa eine lied ee 4 2 4 3 Power on of digitalYEWFLO and BUS 4 2 4 4 Integration of DD
135. V Output Voltage 30Vp p Maximum power supply vortage Current Signal DC4 20mA Output Current 100u Ap p DC42V Pulse Signal Current Signal DC4 20mA ON 2V 200mA Pulse Signal OFF 42V 4mA ON 2V 200mA OFF 42V 4mA Input Signal 30V 100 A Resistance Temp Sensor Input Pt1000Q at 0 C Specified Current less than 1mA T100502 EPS In case that ambient temperature exceeds 50 degC use heat resistant cables with maximum allowable temperature of 70 degC or above 10 13 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Note The Write Mode column contains the modes in which each parameter is write enabled O S Write enabled in O S mode MAN Write enabled in Man mode and O S mode AUTO Write enabled in Auto mode Man mode and O S mode A1 1 Resource Block Relative index Parameter Name Factory Default WINS Explanation Index Mode 0 1000 Block Header TAG RS Block Tag Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision O S Execution Time etc 1 1001 ST REV The revision level of the static data associated with the resource block The revision value is incremented each time a static parameter value in this block is changed 2 1002 TAG DESC Spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the b
136. V must return within the alarm limits before the alarm condition clears Alarm Hysteresis is expressed as a percent of the PV span 0 to 50 25 4025 4125 4225 HI HI PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high high alarm 0 1 3 to 15 26 4026 4126 4226 HI HI 1 INF AUTO The setting for high high alarm in engineering units Note 1 27 4027 4127 4227 HI PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the high alarm 0 1 3 to 15 28 4028 4128 4228 HI 1 INF AUTO The setting for high alarm in engineering units Note 1 29 4029 4129 4229 LO PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low alarm 0 1 3 to 15 30 4030 4130 4230 LO LIM 1 amp INF AUTO The setting for the low alarm in engineering units Note 2 31 4031 4131 4231 LO LO PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the low low alarm 0 1 3 to 15 32 4032 4132 4232 LO LO LIM 1 INF AUTO The setting of the low low alarm in engineering units Note 2 33 4033 4133 4233 HI HI The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 34 4034 4134 4234 The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 35 4035 4135 4235 LO_ALM The status of the low alarm and its associated time stamp 36 4036 4136 4236 LO LO ALM The status of the low low alarm and its associated time stamp 37 4037 4237 TOTAL 0 Indicates the totalized flow rate 38 4038 4238 TOTAL START 1 Stop AUTO Starts stops the totalizer 39 4039 4239 TOTAL RATE VA 1
137. VCR 7 30003 to 30039 4 to 40 No used T0507 EPS 5 6 2 Trend Objects It is possible to make settings so that a function block automatically transmits the trend For this each digitalYEWFLO has ten trend objects eight for trends of analog parameters and two for discrete parameters For each trend object specify a single parameter the trend of which is to be transmitted Each trend object has the parameters listed in Table 5 8 For the first four parameters setting is mandatory Before writing parameter settings to a IM 01 06 00 01 5 CONFIGURATION trend object parameter WRITE_LOCK of the System resource block must be modified to unlock the ee write lock Base SMIB Table 5 8 Parameters for Trend Objects p Sub NM index Parameters Description ase 1 Block Index Sets the leading index of O Link object the function block that takes a trend 2 Parameter Relative Sets the index of parameters VCR Index taking a trend by a value 2 4 8 6 GD C5 g relative to the beginning of the function block In the digitalYEWFLO the following three types of trends are possible Fieldbus Cable N 7 PV 19 FIELD_VAL 3 Sample Type Specifies how trends are F0505 EPS taken Choose one of the following 2 types Figure 5 5 Example of Default Configuration 1 Sampled upon execution of a function 5 6 3 View Objects block 2 The average valu
138. VICE STATUS 3 bit17 not scheduled AL 64 AL 64 The 11 block is not scheduled AL 64 RS DEVICE STATUS bit16 AI2 in MAN mode AL 65 AL 65 The AI2 block is in manual mode AL 65 RS DEVICE STATUS 6114 AI2 in simulate active AL 66 AL 66 Simulation is enabled in the AI2 block AL 66 RS DEVICE STATUS bit13 AI2 not scheduled AL 67 AL 67 The AI2 block is not scheduled AL 67 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit12 DI1 in MAN mode AL 68 AL 68 011 block is in manual mode AL 68 RS DEVICE STATUS bit10 DI in simulate active AL 69 AL 69 Simulation is enabled in the DI1 block AL 69 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit9 DI1 not scheduled AL 70 AL 70 The 011 block is not scheduled AL 70 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit8 DI2 MAN mode AL 71 AL 71 The DI2 block is in manual mode AL 71 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit6 12 in simulate active AL 72 AL 72 Simulation is enabled in the DI2 block AL 72 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit5 DI2 not scheduled AL 73 AL 73 The DI2 block is not scheduled AL 73 RS DEVICE STATUS 3 bit4 MAN mode AL 77 AL 77 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit23 AI3 in simulate active AL 78 AL 78 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit22 not scheduled AL 79 AL 79 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit21 IT in MAN mode AL 80 AL 80 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit19 IT not scheduled AL 81 AL 81 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit18 AR in MAN mode AL 84 AL 84 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit14 AR not scheduled AL 85 AL 85 RS DEVICE STATUS 5 bit13 Table A12 6 Additional Information
139. WARE DOWNLOAD Table A11 4 Download Error Codes Error Code Detail 0 No error 32768 Unsupported header version 32769 Abnormal header size 32770 Abnormal manufacturer ID 32771 Abnormal device family 32772 Abnormal device revision 32773 Abnormal vendor specification version 32774 Abnormal number of modules 32775 Abnormal number of bytes in module 1 32776 Abnormal number of bytes in module 2 32777 Device error in module 1 32778 Checksum error in module 1 32779 Checksum error in file 32780 Unused 32781 Write prohibited area in FlashROM 32782 Verification error during FlashROM writing 32783 Polling error during FlashROM erasing 32784 Polling time out during FlashROM erasing 32785 Polling error during FlashROM writing 32786 Polling time out during FlashROM writing 32787 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32788 File endcode error 32789 File type error UPDATE ORIGINAL 32790 FlashROM driver undefined number error 32791 On start state error other than DWNLD_NOT_READY 32792 Start segment error in module 1 32793 Binary file error 32794 Binary file error 32795 Device error in module 2 32796 Detection of EEPROM state other than backup after activation 32797 Checksum error in module 2 32798 Not in DWNLD READY state when receiving GenericDomainlnitiate 32799 Not in DWNLD OK state when receiving GenericDomainTermin
140. Without LC1 option Featuring three Al function blocks and two DI function blocks one AR function block and one IT block 2 With LC1 option A PID function block Using the wrong CFF file may result in an error when downloading the configured data to the device Also use the right DD files that accom modate the revision of the intended device 4 5 Reading the Parameters To read digitalYEWFLO parameters select the Al block of the digitalYEWFLO from the host screen and read the OUT parameter The current flow rate is displayed Check that MODE_BLK of the function block and resource block is set to AUTO 4 6 Continuous Record of Values If the host has a function of continuously records the indications use this function to list the indica tions values Depending on the host being used it may be necessary to set the schedule of Publish the function that transmits the indication on a periodic basis 4 7 Generation of Alarm If the host is allowed to receive alarms generation of an alarm can be attempted from the digitalYEWFLO In this case set the reception of alarms on the host side DigitalYEWFLO s VCR 7 is factory set for this purpose For practical purposes all alarms are placed in a disabled status for this reason it is recommended that you first use one of these alarms on a trial basis Set the value of link object 3 index 30002 as 0 299 0 6 0 Refer to section 5 6 1 Link Object for details IM
141. _TRIP 14 1 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 OUT_PTRIP 15 1 TOTAL_SP 7 OUT_TRIP 14 1 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT PTRIP 15 1 OUT PTRIP 15 1 OUT_TRIP 14 0 OUT_PTRIP 15 0 amp OF o PRE TRIP 31 For counting up the OUT value is as follows OUT lt TOTAL_SP PRE_TRIP OUT_TRIP 0 COUT_PTRIP 0 TOTAL_SP PRE_TRIP lt OUT lt TOTAL_SP OUT_TRIP 0 COUT_PTRIP 1 TOTAL_SP lt OUT OUT_TRIP 1 COUT_PTRIP 1 For counting down the OUT value is as follows PRE_TRIP lt OUT OUT TRIP 0 COUT_PTRIP 0 0 lt OUT lt PRE_TRIP OUT_TRIP 0 COUT_PTRIP 1 OUT lt 0 OUT TRIP 1 COUT_PTRIP 1 TOTAL_SP 7 Counting down starting from TOTAL SP FA0205 EPS Note that the given conditions do not apply to the following cases A 47 If INTEG TYPE is 5 6 or 7 OUT TRIP and OUT PTRIP always output 0 If INTEG TYPE is 1 or 3 occurrence of AutoRESET reset caused if the threshold is exceeded causes OUT TRIP to hold 1 for five seconds IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A5 5 3 Mode Handling Mode Action Output Automatic AUTO Normal action Normal output Manual MAN Integration calculation is stopped You may rewrite a value in OUT If no value is rewritten the value just before OUT will not be updated unless you running in AUTO is held When the mode returns to AUTO integration Out of Service O S se
142. anual are limited to those for the standard type under the specified model number break down and do not cover custom made instrument Please note that changes in the specifications construction or component parts of the instrument may not immediately be reflected in this manual at the time of change provided that postponement of revisions will not cause difficulty to the user from a functional or performance standpoint 1 1 FOUNDATION is a registered trademark of Fieldbus FOUNDATION FOUNDATION Warranty The warranty shall cover the period noted on the quotation presented to the purchaser at the time of purchase Problems occurred during the warranty period shall basically be repaired free of charge n case of problems the customer should contact the Yokogawa representative from which the instrument was purchased or the nearest Yokogawa office f a problem arises with this instrument please inform us of the nature of the problem and the circumstances under which it developed including the model specification and serial number Any diagrams data and other informa tion you can include in your communication will also be helpful Responsible party for repair cost for the prob lems shall be determined by Yokogawa based on our investigation The Purchaser shall bear the responsibility for repair costs even during the warranty period if the malfunction is due to Improper and or inadequate maintenan
143. assive devices like transmitters actuators connected to a single bus segment is not limited due to LS reasons Fur thermore if the above rules are respected the inductance and capacitance of the cable need not to be considered and will not impair the intrinsic safety of the installation Installation Notes For FISCO and Entity Concepts i pm The Intrinsic Safety Entity concept allows the interconnection of FM Approved Intrinsically safe devices with entity parameters not specifically examined in combination as a system when Uo or Voc or Vt Vmax Io or Isc or It Imax Po Pi Ca or Co gt XCi For inductance use either La or Lo gt YLi YLcable or Lc Rc La Ra or Lo Ro and Li Ri lt La Ra or Lo Ro The Intrinsic Safety FISCO concept allows the interconnection of FM Approved Intrinsically safe devices with FISCO parameters not specifically examined in combination as a system when Uo or Voc or Vt Vmax Io or Isc or It Imax Po lt Pi The Safety Barrier shall be a linear supply for Entity installations and either a linear supply or a trapezoidal supply for FISCO In stallations Dust tight conduit seals must be used when installed in Class II and Class III environments Control equipment connected to the Safety Barrier must not use or generate more than 250 Vrms or Vdc Installation should be in accordance with ANSI ISA RP12 06 01 except chapter 5 for FISCO Installations Installation of In
144. at of IN LO is anything other than good PV g X IN 1 g x IN LO PV IN gt RANGE_LO If the status of IN is anything other than good and that of IN_LO is good PV IN_LO PV g X IN 1 g X IN LO LA IN LO RANGE HI FA0303 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 A6 3 Computation Section A6 3 1 Computing Equations This subsection shows computing equations used in the computation section 1 Flow compensation linear func PV X f f t_1 t_2 2 Flow compensation square root func PV X f f sqrt t_l t_2 t_3 3 Flow compensation approximate expression func PV X f f sqrt t_l X t_2 X t_3 X t 3 4 Quantity of heat calculation func PV X f f t_l t_2 5 Multiplication and division func PV X f f t_l t_2 t_3 6 Average calculation func PV t_l t_2 t_3 N where N number of inputs 7 Summation func PV t 1 t2 t3 8 Polynomial computation func PV t_1 t 23 t_34 9 HTG level compensation func PV t_1 PV t_2 10 Polynomial computation func PV GAIN IN 13 PV GAIN IN 23 PV GAIN_IN_3 3 PV Precaution for computation Division by 0 If a value is divided by 0 the calculation result is interpreted as 10 and depending with core a plus sign is added to it Negative square root The square root of an absolute value is extracted and a minus sign is added to it A 55 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK
145. ata that is to be transferred to its downstream block in such a way that it starts after a lapse of longer than 30 ms Figure 5 3 shows typical function block and communication schedules for the loop shown in Figure 5 2 FC100 F0502 EPS Figure 5 2 Example of Loop Connecting Function Blocks of Two digitalYEWFLOs with Other Devices 5 CONFIGURATION Macrocycle Control Period Function Block Schedule BKCAL OUT 51200 OUT BKCAL IN BKCAL OUT Unscheduled Communication Scheduled Communication F0503 EPS Commu nication Schedule Figure 5 3 Function Block Schedule and Communication Schedule When the control period macrocycle is set to more than 4 seconds set the following interval to be more than 1 of the control period Interval between end of block execution and start of sending CD from LAS Interval between end of block execution and start of the next block execution 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses This section describes the steps in the procedure to set the PD tags and node address in the digitalYEWFLO There are three states of Fieldbus devices as shown in Figure 5 4 and if the state is other than the lowest SM_OPERATIONAL state no function block is executed Whenever you have changed the PD tag or address of a digitalYEWFLO transfer its state to SM_OPERATIONAL UNINITIALIZED No tag nor address is set Tag clear Tag setting INITIALIZED
146. ate 32800 Not in DOWNLOADING state when receiving GenericDomainSegment 32801 Firmware error 36863 Unused 0104 5 101 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A11 9 System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Soft ware Download Table A11 5 System Network Management VFD Parameters Write Mode R W read write R read only Sub parameter Name 1 uu Remarks 400 DWNLD PROPERTY 0 R 1 Download Class 1 2 Write Rsp Returned For ACTIVATE 1 3 Write Rsp Returned For PREPARE 1 4 Reserved 0 5 ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs 300 6 Activation Delay Secs 60 410 DESCRIPTOR 0 R W Read write permitted only for sub index 1 1 Command 3 2 State 1 3 Error Code 0 4 Download Domain Index 440 5 Download Domain Header Index 420 6 Activated Domain Header Index 430 7 Domain Device name 420 DOMAIN_HEADER 1 0 1 Header Version Number 2 Header Size 3 Manufacturer ID 4 Device Family 5 Device Type 6 Device Revision 0 7 DD Revision 0 8 Software Revision 9 Software Name 10 Domain Name 430 DOMAIN HEADER 2 0 1 Header Version Number 1 2 Header Size 44 3 Manufacturer ID 0x594543 4 Device Family DEV_TYPE of RB 5 Device Type DEV_TYPE of RB 6 Device Revision DEV_REV of RB 7 DD Revision DD_REV of RB 8 Software R
147. ation Unit Sensor Calibration Location Sensor Calibration Date Sensor Calibration Who Fluid Condition Fluid Type Sensor Status Fluid Type Thermometer Function Temperature Set Temparature Unit Process Temparature Base Temparature Density Set Density Unit Process Density Base Density Pressure Set Pressure Unit Process Pressure Base Pressure Other Condition set Primary Value Filter Time Deviation First Temperature Coef Second Temperature Coef Secondary Value Filter Time Cable Length may differ according to a tool or host A 81 Characterize Meter Size Select Body Type Vortex Sensor Type K Factor Unit K Factor Value Display Set Upper Display Mode Lower Display Mode Display Cycle Adjust Reynolds Adjust Viscosity Value Flow Adjust User Adjust Gas Expansion Fact Maintenance Low Cut Flow Trigger Level Noise Balance Mode Noise Ratio Noise Balance Wizard Signal Level Sensor Error Record Flow Velocity Span Velocity Vortex Frequency Span Frequency Fluid Density Limit Switch 1 Set Limit Switch 1 Value D Status Value Limsw 1 Target Limsw 1 Setpoint Limsw 1 Act Direction Limsw 1 Hysteresis Limsw 1 Unit Limit Switch 2 Set Limit Switch 2 Value D Status Value Limsw 2 Target Limsw 2 Setpoint Limsw 2 Act Direction Limsw 2 Hysteresis Limsw 2 Unit Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Transducer Error Alarm Perform Block Alarm
148. ce by the purchaser Failure or damage due to improper handling use or storage which is out of design conditions Use of the product in question in a location not conforming to the standards specified by Yokogawa or due to improper maintenance of the installation location Failure or damage due to modification or repair by any party except Yokogawa or an approved representative of Yokogawa Malfunction or damage from improper relocation of the product in question after delivery IM 01 06 00 01 Reason of force majeure such as fires earthquakes storms floods thunder lighten ing or other natural disasters or distur bances riots warfare or radioactive contamination AN WARNING Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument Please give attention to prevent that persons are injured by carrying or installing It is preferable for carrying the instrument to use a cart and be done by two or more persons n wiring please confirm voltages between the power supply and the instrument before connecting the power cables And also please confirm that the cables are not powered before connecting f the accumulated process fluid may be toxic or otherwise harmful take appropriate care to avoid contact with the body or inhalation of vapors even after dismounting the instru ment from process line for maintenance Safe Use of This Product For the safety of the operator and to protect the inst
149. cheduler A link active scheduler LAS is a deterministic centralized bus scheduler that can control communications on an H1 fieldbus segment There is only one LAS on an H1 fieldbus segment A digitalYEWFLO supports the following LAS functions PN transmission Identifies a fieldbus device newly connected to the same fieldbus segment PN is short for Probe Node PT transmission Passes a token governing the right to transmit to a fieldbus device on the same segment PT is short for Pass Token CD transmission Carry out a scheduled transmission to a fieldbus device on the same segment CD is short for Compel Data Time synchronization Periodically transmits the time data to all fieldbus devices on the segment and returns the time data in response to a request from a device Live list equalization Sends the live list data to link masters on the same segment LAS transfer Transfers the right to be the LAS on the segment to another link master A7 2 Link Master A link master LM is any device containing a link active scheduler There must be at least one LM on a segment When the LAS on a segment has failed another LM on the same segment starts working as the LAS There are 3 LMs on this segment Node address 0x14 SlotTime 5 LM LM Basic device Basic device Basic device Basic device Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address Node address 0x15 0x16 OxF1 OxF2 OxF3 OxF4
150. combines the data voluntarily sent by the function block with the VCR Each digitalYEWFLO has 40 link objects A single link 5 CONFIGURATION object specifies one combination Each link object has the parameters listed in Table 5 6 Param eters must be changed together for each VCR because the modifications made to each param eter may cause inconsistent operation Table 5 6 Link Object Parameters Sub index Parameters Description Sets the index of function block parameters to be combined set 0 for Trend and Alert Sets the index of VCR to be combined If set to 0 this link object is not used 1 Locallndex 2 VcrNumber 3 Remotelndex Not used in the digitalYEWFLO Set to 0 4 ServiceOperation Set one of the following Set only one each for link object for Alert or Trend 0 Undefined 2 Publisher 3 Subscriber 6 Alert 7 Trend Set the maximum number of consecutive stale input values which may be received before the input status is set to Bad To avoid the unnecessary mode transition caused when the data is not correctly received by subscriber set this parameter to 2 or more T0506 EPS Link objects are not factory set Set link objects as shown in Table 5 7 5 StaleCountLimit Table 5 7 Settings of Link Objects example Index Link Object Settings example 30000 1 Al OUT VCR 6 30001 2 Trend VCR 5 30002 3 Alert
151. cuit Failure 1 AL 02 COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 RS Block AQ AQ AQ lt BLOCK_ERR gt Lost Static Data Lost MV Data AQ Alarm Reset TR Block Block Al2 Block AI3 Block sw default lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt AMP Module Failure 1 AL 01 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt Davi Bad Non Specific Not provided Pad Device Fallyre STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default s Noi Spacific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt COM Circuit Failure 1 AL 02 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt EE Bad Non Specific Not provided Dad Deviee allure STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active P Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default rds Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt m RC Bad Non Specific Not provided Bad Devico Failure STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active p Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Default 12 Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR
152. d 10 3 10 1 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note 10 3 10 1 6 Installation Diagram of Type of Protection n 10 4 10 1 7 Screw Marking sss eene nennen 10 4 10 1 9 Name Plato 10 5 10 277 Moss Su hate UAM E 10 6 10 2 1 Technical Data tege t ett 10 6 10 2 2 WIEIDgi s ssh tte 10 6 10 2 3 Operation u a 10 6 10 2 4 Maintenance and Repair 10 6 10 2 5 Installation 10 7 10 3 IEGEX 10 11 10 3 1 Technical Data sse 10 11 10 3 2 InistallatiOri tni Ee 10 11 10 3 3 Operation sss 10 11 10 3 4 Maintenance and Repair 10 12 10 3 5 Electrical 10 12 10 3 6 Name Platen ur aS m ee ee esee te tides 10 12 10 4 55 ap td ode tm esce Abr eue e Mit 10 12 10 4 1 Technical Data 10 12 10 4 2 Dual Seal Option CF11 10 13 PME 10 13 ii IM 01F06F00 01EN CONTENTS APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digita YEV F L O c
153. d OFF Provided OFF Not provided Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON TA0302 6 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 65 AL 66 AL 67 AL 68 AL 69 AL 70 AL 77 AL 78 AL 79 AL 80 Alarm Detail Al2 in Man Mode AL 65 Al2 Simulation Active AL 66 Al2 Not Scheduled AL 67 011 in Man Mode AL 68 DI1 Simulation Active AL 69 DI1 Not Scheduled AL 70 DI2 in Man Mode AL 71 DI2 Simulation Active AL 72 DI2 Not Scheduled AL 73 PID in Bypass Mode AL 74 PID Error 1 AL 75 PID Error 2 AL 76 AI3 in Man Mode AL 77 AI3 Simulation Active AL 78 Not Scheduled AL 79 IT in Man Mode AL 80 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Total Backup Err AL 82 IT Conf Err AL 83 AR in Man Mode AL 84 AR Not Scheduled AL 85 AR Range Conf Err AL 86 AR Temp IN Over Range AL 87 AR Press IN Over Range AL 88 RS Block BLOCK ERR Simulation Active BLOCK ERR Simulation Active BLOCK ERR Simulation Active TR Block Block A 36 AI2 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Urgeke STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Simulation Active Al3 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Urgeke STATUS_OPTS Unc
154. d by the transducer block where DI1 is based on those signals on the flow rate and DI2 on the temperature needs the MV option MODE BLK Supports O S Auto and Manual modes The DI block does not function in the O S mode does not update the measured value in the Manual mode and updates the measured value in the Auto mode Normally set the mode to Auto Before the digitalYEWFLO is shipped from the factory all the DI blocks are set to O S mode CHANNEL Selects the input to the DI block from the trans ducer CHANNEL is always set to 3 or 4 for a digitalYEWFLO PV FTIME Stipulates the delay time in seconds of changing the output value after a change of the value inside the DI block DISC PRI Determines the priority level of the discrete alarm on the block s output OUT D The alarm will be transmitted upon occurrence only when the DISC PRI is set at 3 or higher This parameter is set to 1 before the digitalYEWFLO is shipped from the factory Table 6 4 Alarm Priority Descriptions Alart is not notified Alarm parameters are not updated Alart is not notified 3to 7 Advisory alarms 8 to 15 Critical alarms T0520 EPS DISC_LIM Setpoint of the discrete alarm when the value of OUT_D agrees with the value set in DISC_LIM the discrete alarm is generated 6 6 IM 01 06 00 01 6 6 Integral LCD Indicator 6 6 1 Flow Data Display The display items are as follows Table Display Items
155. de address of the prob lematic device does not lie within either 0x00 to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the digitalYEWFLO s LM parameter set tings which is 0x00 to Ox10 or V FUN to V FUN V NUM Refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition The LCD keeps showing It is presumed that an LAS does not exist on the bus or the digitalYEWFLO cannot establish communication with the LAS What should be done Check that an LAS is connected on the bus When using the digitalYEWFLO as the LAS which requires an option perform steps 1 to 3 in Section A7 3 IM 01 06 00 01 A4 2 A4 3 Make the parameters in the current LAS match the capabilities parameter in the digitalY EWFLO as follows refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition LAS digitalYEWFLO V ST V ST 24 V MID V MID gt 4 V MRD gt V MRD 12 Check that the digitalYEWFLO is assigned an appropriate address The address of the digitalYEWFLO must not lie within either 0x00 to 0x10 or the range of unused unpolled node addresses determined by the current LAS s LM parameter settings which is V FUN to V FUN V NUM Refer to Section 5 2 Network Definition A 69 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A PID block performs the PID control computation based on the deviation of the measured value PV fro
156. ded OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF OFF 0301 07 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 65 AL 66 AL 67 AL 68 AL 69 AL 70 AL 71 AL 72 AL 73 AL 74 AL 75 AL 76 AL 77 AL 78 AL 79 AL 80 AL 81 AL 82 AL 83 AL 84 AL 85 AL 86 AL 87 AL 88 Alarm Detail Al2 in Man Mode AL 65 Al2 Simulation Active AL 66 Al2 Not Scheduled AL 67 DI1 in Man Mode AL 68 DI1 Simulation Active AL 69 DI1 Not Scheduled AL 70 DI2 in Man Mode AL 71 DI2 Simulation Active AL 72 DI2 Not Scheduled AL 73 PID Bypass Mode AL 74 PID Error 1 AL 75 PID Error 2 AL 76 AI3 Man Mode AL 77 Simulation Active AL 78 Not Scheduled AL 79 IT in Man Mode AL 80 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Total Backup Err AL 82 IT Conf Err AL 83 AR in Man Mode AL 84 AR Not Scheduled AL 85 AR Range Conf Err AL 86 AR Temp IN Over Range AL 87 AR Press IN Over Range AL 88 DI1 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Speci
157. dependent parameters Set up the parameters of each Al block you use individually as necessary The following shows the DI1 setting procedure as an example 1 Setting the channel The CHANNEL parameter of the DI block which specifies the switch number of the transducer s limit switch to be input to DI DI1 3 DI2 4 fora digitalYEWFLO 2 Setting the damping time constant Access the PV_FTIME parameter and set the damping time constant in units of seconds 3 Simulation Perform simulation of each Al function block by setting the desired value and status of the input to the block Access the SIMULATE_D parameter and change the values of its elements as follows REMOTE LOOP TEST SWITCH is written to SIM_ENABLE_MSG index 1044 parameter of the resource block Change value of the En Disable element of SIMULATE_D 1 Disabled 2 Active Access the SIMULATE_D Status element and set the desired status code Access the SIMULATE_D Value element and set the desired input value FA0212 EPS The DI block uses SIMULATE_D Status and SIMULATE_D Value in the SIMULATE_D param eter as its input status and value when simulation is active or uses Transducer Status and Trans ducer Value in SIMULATE_D as its input status and value when simulation is disabled Refer to Section 7 3 Simulation A 18 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAM
158. digitalYEWFLO the current device statuses and error details are represented by parameters DEVICE STATUS 1 to DEVICE STATUS 4 indexes 1045 to 1048 inside the resource statuses Table 8 1 Contents of DEVICE_STATUS_1 Index 1045 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x04000000 Abnormal Boot Process Abnormal boot processing was detected at the time of starting 0x02000000 SoftDL Failure Software download failed 0x01000000 SoftDL Incomplete Software download is incomplete 0x00800000 SIMULATE_ENABLE switch on The SIMULATE_ENABLE switch is ON 0x00400000 Resource block in O S mode AL 21 The resource block is in O S mode 0x00080000 AMP module failure 2 AL 04 The EEPROM F is faulty 0x00008000 Link Obj 1 17 33 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00004000 Link Obj 2 18 34 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00002000 Link Obj 3 19 35 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00001000 Link Obj 4 20 36 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000800 Link Obj 5 21 37 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000400 Link Obj 6 22 38 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000200 Link Obj 7 23 39 not open The VCR selected in link object is not open 0x00000100 Link Obj 8 24 40 not open The VCR selected in link object is no
159. dress and PD Tag are not specified when ordering default value is factory set If two or more digitalYEWFLOs are connected at a time with default value only one digitalYEWFLO will be detected from host as digitalYEWFLOs have the same initial address Connect the digitalYEWFLOs one by one and set a unique address for each 4 4 Integration of DD If the host supports DD Device Description the DD of the digitalYEWFLO needs to be installed Check if host has the following directory under its default DD directory 5945430009 594543 is the manufacturer number of Yokogawa Electric Corporation and 0009 is the digitalYEWFLO device number respectively If this directory is not found the DD for the digitalYEWFLO has not yet been installed Create this directory and copy the DD files 0mOn ffo and Om0n sym to be supplied separately where m n are numerals to it If you do not have the DD files for the digitalYEWFLO you can download them from our web site Visit the following web site http www yokogawa co jp Servor Fieldbus download htm Once the DD is installed in the directory the name and attribute of all parameters of the digitalYEWFLO are displayed Off line configuration is possible using the capabilities file 4 GETTING STARTED AN NOTE When using a capabilities CFF file make sure you use the right file for the intended device The digitalYEWFLO is offered in two types in terms of capabilities 1
160. e in which each set LAS Schedule Whether the LAS scnedule of 2 bytes represents the delegation time set as 0x04 in Non volatile 1 or cannot 0 be saved 1 Memory to the non volatile memory an octet time assigned to a device The delega Last Values Whether to support 1 or not tion time denotes a time period that is given to a B2 0x02 Record to support 0 0 device by means of a PT message sent from the Supported EasiValuesHecord LAS within each token circulation cycle Link Master Whether to support 1 or not i Statistics to support 0 The leading 2 bytes correspond to the device B1 0x01 T 0 DimeLinkMasterStatisticsRecord address 0x00 and the final 2 bytes to the device TA0606 EPS address OxFF Specify the subindex to access 2 DImeLinkMasterlnfoRecord this parameter S b Element Size Descrip 6 BootOperatFunctionalClass index bytes tion M 1 MaxScheduingOverhead gt 1 WMSO Writing 1 to this parameter in a device and 2 DetMinTokenDelegTime 2 WDMDT restarting the device causes the device to start as a basic device On the contrary writing 2 to this 3 DefTokenHoldTime 2 V DTHT 2 parameter and restarting the device causes the 4 TargetTokenRotTime 2 V TTRT device to start as an LM 5 LinkMaintTokHoldTime 2 V LTHT 6 TimeDistributionPeriod 4 V TDP 7 Cu
161. e value of OUT that is linearly changed with respect to the value of PRE_OUT for time set by BAL_TIME is output The PRE_OUT always indicates the results of calculation After elapse of BAL_TIME OUT PRE_OUT is established Note that if the value of BAL_TIME is changed during linear change of the OUT value it is not reflected The value of BAL_TIME will be reflected only after the mode is changed the next time AUTO MAN AUTO BAL_TIME 2 Case of BAL_TIME 5 FA0304 EPS The value of OUT is represented by the following equation Ya y X y a n a T tc 1 The value of T tc truncates digits to the right of the decimal point where y OUT x PRE OUT tc period of execution T BAL TIME n period APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK A6 4 2 Status Handling The setting of INPUT is applied to the input status When INPUT OPTS is applied there are cases where the PV status becomes good even if the status of main inputs is uncertain or the status of auxiliary inputs is uncertain or bad The PV status is classified by the following If the statuses of two main inputs are both good or anything other than good See A6 2 1 Main Inputs If only one of the statuses of two main inputs is good If the status of IN is good and that of IN LO is anything other than good IN RANGE LO gt The statu
162. e is View objects are used to group parameters This sampled reduces the load of data transactions Each 4 Sample Interval Specifies sampling digitalYEWFLO supports four view objects for intervals in units of 1 32 ms Set the integer each of the resource block transducer block two multiple of the function Al blocks two DI blocks and PID block optional block execution cycle Each view object contains a group of the 5 Last Update The last sampling time parameters listed in Tables 5 11 to 5 14 6 to 21 List of Status Status part of a sampled Table 5 10 Purpose of Each View Object parameter 21 to 37 List of Samples Data part of a sampled Description parameter VIEW_1 Set of dynamic parameters required by operator TOSOS EPS for plant operation PV SV OUT Mode etc Ten trend objects are not factory set VIEW_2 Set of static parameters which need to be shown to plant operator at once Range etc Table 5 9 Trend Objects Set of all the dynamic parameters Index Parameter Factory Setting 32000 to TREND FLT 1 to 32007 TREND FLT 8 VIEW_4 Set of static parameters for configuration or Not set maintenance 0510 5 32008 TREND DIS 1 Not set these parameters u areused with a Di blocicor 5 6 4 Function Block Parameters 32009 DIS 2 optional PID block Function block parameters can be read from the host or can be set For a list of the parame
163. e process fluid Setting range 0 001 to 10 0 Default 1 0 nondimensional number SECONDARY_VALUE_FTIME Relative Index 60 Sets the damping factor for temperature measurement for a model with the MV option 15 lt Setting range 0 to 99 Unit s seconds Default 4 seconds 16 SIZE_SELECT Relative Index 64 Selects the flowmeter size Setting range 1215mm 1 2 2 25 mm 1 in 3 40 mm 1 5 4 50 mm 2 5 80 3 6 100 mm 4 in 7 150 5 8 200 mm 6 in 9 250 7 10 300 8 Default 2 25 mm 1 17 K FACTOR UNIT Relative Index 67 Selects the unit of the K factor Setting range 1 p L Default 1 p L 6 4 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 18 K FACTOR Relative Index 68 Sets the K factor of the combined detector at 15 C Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 Unit As selected in K FACTOR UNIT Default 68 6 19 LOW CUT FLOW Relative Index 69 Sets the low cutoff flow rate level Setting range Minimum flow rate X 0 5 to XD SCALE EU 100 Unit As selected in PRIMARY VALUE RANGE Units Index Default Minimum gas flow rate for the size of 25 mm 20 UPPER DISPLAY MODE Relative Index 70 Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD indicator as follows 1 Flow Rate 96 Instantaneous flow rate as a percentage 2 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate in the specified unit 3 Tem
164. e software downloading A 3 0101 3 IM 01F06F00 01EN A1 2 Al Function Block APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Index Factory Write Index a ag Parameter Name Default Explanation 0 14000 4100 4200 Block Header TAG AI or Al2 Block Tag Information on this block such as Block Tag DD Revision 0 8 Execution Time etc 1 4001 4101 4201 ST REV 0 The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed 2 4002 4102 4202 DESC spaces AUTO The user description of the intended application of the block 3 4003 4103 4203 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 4004 4104 4204 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 4005 4105 4205 MODE AUTO AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 4006 4106 4206 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware software components associated with block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 7 4007 4107 4
165. ection of Control Action The direction of the control action is determined by the Direct Acting setting in CONTROL OPTS Value of Direct Acting Resulting Action True The output increases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP False The output decreases when the input PV is greater than the setpoint SP 0504 5 01 06 00 01 A8 7 Control Action Bypass The PID control computation can be bypassed so as to set the SP value in the control output OUT as shown below Setting BYPASS to On bypasses the PID control computation BYPASS OUT CAS_IN RCAS_IN Setpoint 0502 5 8 8 Feed forward Feed forward is action to add a compensation input signal FF_ VAL to the output of the PID control computation and is typically used for feed forward control The following figure illustrates the action FF_VAL FF_SCALE OUT_SCALE x re can OUT PV PID computation FA0503 EPS A 74 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A8 9 Block Modes The block mode is set in the parameter MODE_BLK MODE_ BLK Target Stipulates the target mode to which the PID block transfers Actual Indicates the current mode of the PID block Stipulates all the modes that the PID block can enter The PID block is prohibited to enter any mode other than those set in this element Permitted Normal Stipulates the mode in which the PID block n
166. ed changing the internal status to Good the value of Good just before the status changed to Bad is used A5 2 2 Converting the Rate The following describes an example of rate conversion In rate conversion firstly convert the unit of two inputs to that based on seconds Converts the unit into that based on seconds TIME UNIT1 1 min 60 hour 3600 day 86400 input1 kg hour kg s Converts the unit into N that based on seconds Standardizes the unit of IN_2 to that of IN_1 Because Ib s is converted into kg s in this example the input 2 value is multiplied by 0 453 Next convert the unit of the inputs to the same unit to be added together The unit of IN_2 is standardized to that of IN_1 Then calculates a weight volume or energy by multiplying each input value and block execution time Because unit information is not input to the Integrator block as an input value the user must input in advance tuned values to the TIME UNIT1 2 and UNIT CONV parameters increment1 X block execution time 1 lb 0 453 kg is TIME UNIT2 input2 sec 1 UNIT_CONV un increment2 min 60 a x conversion factor block execution time Ib min hour 3600 Ib s Conversion factor kg s kg lb pounds day 86400 0 453 in this example FA0202 EPS Figure A5 2 Increment Calculation with Rate Input A 42 IM 01 06 00 01
167. ed as a low limit switch A 7 0103 2 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative index Parameter Name Factory Default bk Explanation Index Mode 38 2038 LIMSW_1_UNIT Indicates the unit set in LIMSW_1_TARGET 39 2039 LIMSW 2 VALUE 0 Indicates the value of limit switch 2 which switches ON _D and OFF depending on the digital value of the target input parameter selected in LIMSW 2 TARGET and based on the threshold set in LIMSW 2 SETPOINT with the hysteresis set in LIMSW 2 HYSTERESIS The direction of the switching action is determined by the setting in LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION 40 2040 LIMSW 2 1 O S The target of limit switch 2 TARGET PRIMARY VALUE 1 PRIMARY VALUE 2 SECONDARY VALUE 41 2041 LIMSW_2 0 O S Sets the threshold of limit switch 2 If the value of _ SETPOINT LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION is HIGH LIMIT limit switch 2 turns ON when LIMSW 2 TARGET has gone beyond LIMSW 2 SETPOINT If the value of LIMSW 2 ACT DIRECTION is LO LIMIT limit switch 2 turns ON when LIMSW 2 TARGET has gone below LIMSW 2 SETPOINT The unit set in LIMSW 2 UNIT applies 42 2042 LIMSW 2 ACT 1 HIGH LIMIT O S Selects the direction of the limit switch 2 s actions DIRECTION 1 HIGH LIMIT high limit switch 2 LO LIMIT low limit switch 43 2043 LIMSW 2 0 O S Sets the hysteresis of limit switch 2 to be applied for _HYS
168. ed steam Temperature Density calculation of Sat Steam Temp 33 Saturated steam Pressure Density calculation of Sat Steam Press 34 Superheat steam Gas Temp Press compensation calculation Deviation factor Fixed 35 Gas temp pressure comp Density calculation of S H Steam 36 Liquid temp comp Liquid Temp compensation Calculation 37 Gas temp pressure comp Detail Gas Temp Press compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 11 38 Liquid temp comp Detail Liquid Temp Press compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 3 BTU stands for British thermal unit HTGs tands for hydrostatic tank gauging 30 BAL TIME Time taken to return to the set value BIAS Bias vali ue used to calculate the output 3 32 GAIN Gain va ue used to calculate the output 33 OUT HI LIM Maximum output value 34 OUT LO LIM Minimum output value 35 UPDATE EVT Indicates event information if an update event setting change occurs 36 BLOCK ALM Indicates alarm information if a block alarm occurs 37 AR VOLUMETRIC FLOW UNIT Volumetric flow unit 38 AR TEMPERATURE UNIT Temperature unit 39 AR BASE TEMPERATURE Temperature unit at normal condition 40 AR PRESSURE UNIT Pressure unit 41 AR BASE PRESSURE ABS Pressure unit at normal condition abs 42 AR DEVIATION Deviation factor 43
169. efore AR Output AR OUT Value is uncertainty 0x00000020 AR Output Unit Conf Err AL 93 AR Output Range Units Index AR OUT RANGE Unit Index is not selected rightly the corresponding to AR Arithmetic Type AR ARITH TYPE 8 3 0805 5 01 06 00 01 9 9 1 Standard Specifications 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS For items other than those described below refer to GS 01F06A00 01EN Applicable Models All the models of DY and DYA with Fieldbus communication functions Output code F These models conform to the following EMC conformity standards EN61326 1 Class A Table 2 For use in industrial locations EN61326 2 3 EN55011 Class A Group 1 Caution This instrument is a Class A product and it is designed for use in the industrial environment Please use this instrument in the industrial environment only Note Use the metal conduit for the remote cable Normal Operating Condition Power Supply Voltage 9 to 32 V DC for general purpose flameproof types and Nonincendive type 9 to 24 V DC for intrinsically safe type Entity model 9 to 17 5 V DC for intrinsically safe type FISCO model Mass Flow Accuracy using Arithmetic AR function block when outer temperature sensor and outer pressure sensor are used Accuracy of Reading Notes r Input for Mass Flow Accurac i iti Fluid y Temperature Reference input conditio
170. el 5 128 0x80 6 channel 6 128 0x80 7 channel 7 128 0x80 8 channel 8 128 0x80 372 PLME_BASIC_INFO 0 R 1 InterfaceMode 0 0x0 2 LoopBackMode 0 0x0 3 XmitEnabled 1 0x1 4 RcvEnabled 1 0 1 5 PreferredReceiveChannel 1 0 1 6 MediaTypeSelected 73 0 49 7 ReceiveSelect 1 0x1 373 LINK_SCHEDULE_ACTIVATION_ VARIABLE RW 374 SCHEDULE LIST 0 R CHARACTERISTICS 1 NumofSchedules 0 RECORD 2 NumOfSubSchedulesPerSchedule 1 3 ActiveScheduleVersion 0 4 ActiveSheduleOdIndex 0 5 ActiveScheduleStartingTime 0 375 DLME SCHEDULE 0 R DESCRIPTOR 1 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration 0 3 TimeResolution 0 376 DLME SCHEDULE 0 R DESCRIPTOR 2 1 Version 0 2 MacrocycleDuration 0 3 TimeResolution 0 377 DOMAIN 1 Read write impossible Get OD possible 378 DOMAIN 2 Read write impossible Get OD possible TA0605 2 EPS A 65 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A7 5 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters 0x00 00 84 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 The following describes LM parameters of a 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 digitalYEWFLO transmitter 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Bit correspondences 00000000000 NOTE Do not turn off the power to the digitalYEWFLO for 60 0x00 seconds after making a change to its parameter settings 0000 1 0 x 1 DimeLinkMasterCapabilitiesVariable P Bit Meaning Description Value 5 MaxTokenHoldTimeArray osition An 8 by 64 byte array variabl
171. ell as limit the rate of change when the PID block is in Auto mode External output tracking Mode change Performs the scaling of the value of TRK_VAL to the range of the OUT and outputs it as the OUT Changes the block mode between 8 modes O S IMan LO Man Auto Cas RCas ROut Bumpless transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode and at switching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block Initialization and manual fallback Changes the block mode to IMan and suspends the control action when the specified condition is met Manual fallback Changes the block mode to Man and aborts the control action Auto fallback Changes the block mode to Auto when it is Cas and continues the control action with the setpoint set by the operator Mode shedding upon computer failure Changes the block mode in accordance with the SHED_OPT setting upon a computer failure Alarm processing Generates block alarms and process alarms and performs event updates TA0501 EPS A 70 IM 01 06 00 01 A8 3 Parameters of PID Block NOTE In the table below the Write column shows the modes in which the respective parameters can be written A blank in the Write column indicates that the corresponding parameter can be written in all modes of the PID block A dash indicates that the corresponding parameter cannot be writt
172. elow In fact if Normal shed normal return is set for SHED_OPT detection of a computer failure causes MODE_BLK actual to change to CAS AUTO or MAN whichever is set in MODE_BLK permitted and has the lowest priority level MAN AUTO CAS RCAS ROUT Only if Auto is included in MODE_BLK permitted If the block upstream of the PID block in question is a control block mode transitions of the PID block to CAS occur in the following sequence due to initialization of the cascade connection RCAS or ROUT AUTO gt CAS Higher priority level Lower priority level A 78 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A8 18 Alarms There are two kinds of alarms generated by a PID block block and process alarms A8 18 1 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM The block alarm BLOCK ALM is generated upon occurrence of either of the following errors values set in BLOCK ERR and notifies the content of BLOCK ERR Value of BLOCK ERR Input Failure Condition IN status of the PID block is either of the following e Bad Device Failure e Bad Sensor Failure MODE BLK target of the PID block is O S 0511 5 of Service A8 18 2 Process Alarms There are six types of process alarms Only one process alarm can be generated at the same time and the process alarm having the highest priority level from among those occurring at the same time is generated The priority level is set for each process alarm type
173. emp pressure comp Detail Gas temperature and pressure compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 11 func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Liquid density Flow unit Mass flow rate at operating which is calculated from approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 11 or density ratio Flow unit Volumetric flow rate at normal condition which is calculated from density at normal condition IM 01 06 00 01 38 Liquid temp comp Detail Liquid temperature and pressure compensation calculation approximating polynomial calculation func PV x Correction Value Correction Value Liquid density at operating condition calculated from approximating polynomial calculation 0 to 3 A6 3 3 Compensated Values In computing equations 1 to 5 in A6 3 1 the value f is restricted by the COMP HI LIM or COMP LO parameter In this case the value f is treated as follows Calculation formura 1 to 5 If gt COMP HI f COMP HI If f lt COMP LO f COMP LO Calculation formura 32 to 38 Correction value COMP HI LIM Correction value COMP HI LIM Correction value COMP LO LIM Correction value COMP LO LIM A 56 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK A6 3 4 Average Calculation In computing equation 6 in A6 3 1 the average of input value is calculated Here it is necessary to obtain the number of inputs N For this determination is
174. en in any APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK mode Parameter Default P me Index Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description 0 Block Header TAG PID Block Tag Same as that for an AI block O S 1 ST REV Same as that for an Al block 2 TAG DESC blank Same as that for an Al block 3 STRATEGY 0 Same as that for an Al block 4 ALERT_KEY 1 1 to 255 Same as that for an Al block 5 MODE_BLK 6 BLOCK_ERR Same as that for an Al block 7 PV Measured value the non dimensional value that is converted from the input IN value based on the PV SCALE values and filtered 8 SP 0 AUTO PV SCALE 10 Setpoint OUT MAN Output 10 PV SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 input IN value 1342 96 1 11 OUT SCALE 100 O S Upper and lower scale limit values used for scaling of the 0 control output OUT value to the values in the 1342 96 engineering unit 1 12 GRANT DENY 0 AUTO Same as that for an Al block 13 CONTROL OPTS 0 O S Setting for control action See Section A8 13 1 for details 14 STATUS OPTS 0 O S See Section A8 15 1 for details 15 IN 0 Controlled value input 16 PV_FTIME Osec AUTO Non negative Time constant in seconds of the first order lag filter applied to IN 17 BYPASS 1 off MAN 1 2 Whether to bypass the control computation 1 off Do not bypass 2 on Bypas
175. eripheral devices in hazardous locations IM 01F06F00 01EN 10 3 4 Maintenance and Repair AN WARNING The instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 10 3 5 Electrical Connection The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes Marking ISO M20 X 1 5 female ANSI 1 2 14NPT female F100301 EPS 10 3 6 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof OJ digits VYEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER MPa at 38C digitalYEGWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER T6 T5 T4 T3 80 100 0 OVE 250 YOKOGAWA Made in 1 POTENTIAL E v N20 C 2 Remote type converter Flameproof OJ emiearvevvELo E YOKOGAWA Made in 1 POS RIE GARI TAD SE Ers uuu 200 4 MODEL Specified model code SUFFIX Specified suffix code STYLE Style code SUPPL Y Supply voltage OUTPUT Output signal 10 12 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT MWP Maximum working pressure K FACTOR Device specific factor RANGE Specified range NO Manufacturing serial number TAG NO Specified TAG No The product producing country 10 4 CSA 10 4 1 Technical Data Explosion Proof Applicable Standard C22 1 98 C22 2 No 0 M1991
176. ertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Simulation Active Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0302 7 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 65 AL 66 AL 67 AL 68 AL 69 AL 70 AL 71 AL 72 AL 73 AL 74 AL 75 AL 76 AL 77 AL 78 AL 79 AL 80 AL 81 AL 82 AL 83 AL 84 AL 85 AL 86 AL 87 AL 88 Alarm Detail AI2 Simulation Active AL 66 AL 67 DI1 in Man Mode AL 68 011 Simulation Active AL 69 AL 70 DI2 Simulation Active AL 72 AL 73 DI1 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Simulation Active DI2 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific BLOCK ERR Simulation Active PID in By
177. ervice lt PV_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service A 33 lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service Alarm Reset sw default Provided ON Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided ON Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0301 4 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 41 AL 42 AL 43 AL 51 AL 52 AL 53 AL 63 AL 64 Alarm Detail in O S Mode AL 28 IT in O S Mode AL 29 AR in O S Mode AL 30 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 Temp Over Range AL 43 Transient Vibration AL 51 High Vibration AL 52 Clogging AL 53 Fluctuating AL 54 Indicator Over Range AL 61 Al1 in Man Mode AL 62 AH Simulation Active AL 63 Not Scheduled AL 64 RS Block BLOCK ERR Simulation Active TR Block Ali Block BLOCK ERR lt PV Status gt Other Uncertain Non Specific lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Velocity Over Range
178. es can be read from a host as outputs of DI blocks 4 Integrator Out Access the LIMSW_1_TARGET parameter and select the flow rate or temperature to be monitored by limit switch 1 1 PRIMARY_VALUE Flow rate 2 SECONDARY_VALUE Temperature Access the DISPLAY_CYCLE parameter and set the display refresh cycle The cycle can be set to a multiple of 500 milliseconds in a range from 1 to 10 500 ms to 5 s and is set to 1 500 ms by default Prolong the cycle as necessary to improve legibility such as when used in a low temperature environment which Access the 1 AGT DIRECTION makes the indications hard to read parameter and select the direction of limit switch 1 s actions FAGI TERS 1 HI LIMIT High limit switch 2 LO LIMIT Low limit switch Access the LIMSW_1_SETPOINT parameter and set the threshold for turning on limit switch 1 As necessary the on off hysteresis can be modified by changing the value of the LIMSW_1_HYSTERESIS parameter only a positive value can be set FA0210 EPS A 16 IM 01F06F00 01EN The UPPER_DISPLAY_MODE and LOWER_DISPLAY_MODE parameter settings in the transducer TR block and the L TYPE settings in the Al1 and AI2 blocks determine which data items and their values and units are displayed on the LCD indicator as shown in the following tables Display on Upper Row of LCD Indicator APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS UPPER_DISPLAY_MODE
179. essing the sign of the value after rate and accumulation conversion is reversed if the REV FLOW and REV FLOW2 parameters set to REVERSE When determination of the flow direction of two input values is complete these two inputs are passed to the adder The settings in REV FLOW will be retained even if the power is turned OFF A5 3 Adder When input processing is complete two arguments that have been rate and accumulate converted will be passed to the adder The adder adds these two values according to the option A5 3 1 Status of Value after Addition If one of the statuses of two arguments is Bad or if two of them are both Bad the status of the value after addition becomes Bad In this case the value of Good just before the status changed to Bad is used as the addition value see A5 1 When the statuses of two arguments are both Good the status of the value after addition becomes Good In this case the status of the value after addition will be used for the status applied to integration A 43 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A5 3 2 Addition The following three options are available for addition TOTAL Adds two argument values as is FORWARD Adds two argument values regarding a negative value as 0 e REVERSE Adds two argument values regarding a positive value as 0 You can choose these options using bit 2 and bit 3 of INTEG_OPTS as follows Bit 2 of I
180. et up limit switch 2 To access the digitalYEWFLO specific functions in 4 Setting up the LCD display the transducer block the Device Description DD Select the data to be displayed on the LCD for the digitalYEWFLO needs to have been indicator and the display refresh cycle installed in the configuration tool used For installation refer to Section 4 4 Integration of DD First select the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD Access the 1 Setting the damping time constant UPPER_DISPLAY_MODE parameter and select an item 1 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate Access the PRIMARY_VALUE_FTIME as a percentage parameter 2 Flow Rate Instantaneous flow rate Set the damping time constant in units of in the specified unit seconds 3 Temperature Temperature as a FA0208 EPS percentage needs the MV option which adds a 2 Setting the output low cutoff level built in temperature sensor Access the OUTPUT_CUT_FLOW parameter 4 Arithmetic Out Set the cutoff level of the flow rate output Access the LOWER DISPLAY MODE parameter and select the data to be displayed on the lower row of the LCD 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature as a percentage needs the MV option which adds a built in temperature sensor Low cut value _ vt Flow rate Hysteresis 20 FA0209 EPS 3 Setting the limit switch functions Set up limit switches 1 and 2 Limit switch status
181. even in the event of rare incidents an ignition source due to impact of friction between the enclosure and iron steel is excluded Type of Protection n Applicable Standard EN60079 15 2005 IEC60079 0 2009 Type of protection Ex nL IIC T4 T1 Gc Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex nL IIC T4 Gc Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Category 3G Degree of protection of enclosure IP66 IP67 Tamb 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature 299 to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C T1 29 C to 450 C T100101 4 eps Use HT version above 250 C Electrical data Signal Supply and Pulse circuit Ui 32Vdc 30Vdc for the remote converter Ci 3 52nF Li 0mH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 1 2 Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient tempera ture exceeds 60 C and or the
182. evision SOFT_REV of RB 9 Software Name ORIGINAL 10 Domain Name Device name 440 DOMAIN Read write prohibited Get OD permitted TA0108 EPS A 102 IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A11 10 Comments on System Network Management VFD Parameters Relating to Software Download A IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power to a field device immediately after changing parameter settings Data writing actions to the EEPROM are dual redundant to ensure reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setup the parameters may revert to the previous settings 1 DWNLD PROPERTY Sub Element Siz Description Index Bytes 1 Download Class 1 Indicates the download class 1 Class 1 2 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is returned to the ACTIVATE ACTIVATE command 1 Write Response Returned 3 Write Rsp Returned For 1 Indicates whether a write response is returned to the PREPARE PREPARE command 1 Write Response Returned 4 Reserved 1 Reserved 5 ReadyForDwnld Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of the PREPARE FOR DWNLD command to proceed to transition from DWNLD NOT READY to DWNLD READY 6 Activation Delay Secs 2 Indicates the maximum delay after receipt of the ACTIVATE command to proceed to transition from DWNLD OK to DWNLD NOT READY 0109 5 A 103 IM 01 06 00 01 2 DOMAIN_DESCRIPTOR APPENDIX 11 SOF
183. f the 1 Full duplex idi 2 LoopBackMode 1 0 0 Disabled 1 MAU 2 PerDlpduPhlOverhead 1 V PhLO 2 MDS MaxResponseDelay 1 Indicates the capability XmitEnabled 1 0x01 Channel 1 is enabled value for RcvEnebled 1 0x01 Channel 1 is enabled the device f Recei 1 1 Ch 111 f 4 ThisNode 1 V TN node address ACENG oe E aig I usg tor lens 2 his siis 6 MediaType 1 0x49 Wire medium voltage 6 MinInterPduDelay 1 Indicates the capability Selected mode and 31 25 kbps value for V MID of the are selected 7 ReceiveSelect 1 0x01 Channel 1 is used for 7 TimeSyncClass 1 Indicates the capability reception value for V TSC of the TA0612 EPS device 12 LinkScheduleActivationVariable Pa ber te Writing the version number of an LAS schedule PostTra nsGapExtension 1 WPRGE which has already been downloaded to the 10 MaxlnterChanSignalSkew 1 V PhIS domain to this parameter causes the correspond ing schedule to be executed On the other hand writing 0 to this parameter stops execution of the active schedule 13 LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord Sub Size index Element bytes Description 1 NumOf 1 Indicates the total number of Schedules LAS schedules that have been downloaded to the domain 2 NumOfSub 1 Indicates the maximum number SchedulesPer of sub schedules an LAS Schedule schedule can contain This is fixed to 1 in the Yokogawa communication
184. fault Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status Bad Non Specific OUT D Status Bad Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific PID Block A 31 IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset sw default Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided ON 0301 2 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 06 AL 07 AL 08 AL 20 AL 21 AL 22 Alarm Detail Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter Failure AL 07 Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 No FB Scheduled AL 20 RB in O S Mode AL 21 TB in O S Mode AL 22 O S Mode AL 23 Al2 in O S Mode AL 24 DI in O S Mode AL 25 DI2 in O S Mode AL 26 PID in O S Mode AL 27 RS Block Alarm Reset TR Block Block AI2 Block AI3 Block Sw default BLOCK ERR Other XD ERROR Input Circuit Failure AL 06 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV Status gt Bad Device Failure STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Uncertain Non Specific Provided Active ON Bad Device Failure lt SV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR
185. fic BLOCK ERR Simulation Active DI2 Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific BLOCK ERR Simulation Active PID Block A 27 IT Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Lost NV Data lt OUT Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error AR Block lt OUT Status gt Good NC Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0301 8 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display Alarm Detail AR Flow IN Not Connected AL 89 AR Temp IN Not Connected AL 90 AR Press IN Not Connected AL 91 AR Comp Coef Conf Err AL 92
186. figuration Memo 2 Method Configuration Memo2 method gt Display the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 CONFIG VSTRING16 2 Y you want to change the settings Yes Y Display the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 Do you want to change the settings Yes Y Set the following parameters AR CONFIG VSTRING16 1 No Display the following parameters AR_CONFIGVSTRING16 2 Do you want to change N the settings Yes Set the following parameters Y AR CONFIG VSTRING16 2 Display the end message v C END A 96 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD Option A11 1 Benefits of Software Download This function enables you to download software to field devices via a FOUNDATION Fieldbus to update their software Typical uses are to add new features such as function blocks to existing devices and to optimize existing field devices for your plant Figure A11 1 Concept of Software Downloading A11 2 Specifications Steady state current Max 15 mA Current Draw Steady state 15mA max Current Draw Software Download state 24mA max Current during FlashROM blanking time Max 24 mA additional to steady state current Based on Fieldbus Foundation Specification Download class Class 1 A NOTE
187. ftware it generally take about 20 minutes where there is a one to one connection between a fieldbus device and download tool and longer when multiple field devices are connected to the fieldbus Start download tool v Select the software file s you Select file s want to download V Select device s Y Carry out download Y Activate device s Select the device s to which you want to download software Transmit the software to the field device s Activate the device s to start with new software FA0102 EPS Figure A11 2 Flow of Software Download Procedure A CAUTION Carrying out a software download leaves the PD tag node address and transducer block calibra tion parameters that are retained in the nonvola tile memory inside the target device but may reset other parameters to the defaults except a minor update that does not change the number of parameters Hence where necessary save the parameters using an engineering tool parameter setting utility or the like before carrying out a software download and then reconfigure the field device s after the down load For details see Section A11 6 APPENDIX 11 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD A CAUTION The current dissipation of the target field device increases transitorily immediately after a down load due to erasing of the FlashROM s contents Use a fieldbus power supply which has sufficient capacity to co
188. g for the host for making a memo The parameter used to check if various operations have been executed The bits in the GRANT parameter corresponding to various operations are set before any of 12 GRANT DENY Auto 0 them are executed After the operations are complete the DENY parameter is checked to find out if any bit corresponding to the relevant operation has been set If no bit has been set it is evident that the operations have been executed successfully Determines whether an input is used as a good input when the input status is bad or uncertain Bit Function 0 Handles IN as good input if its status is uncertain 1 Handles IN_LO as good input if its status is uncertain 18 INPUT_OPTS Auto 0 2 Handles IN 1 as good us status uncertain 3 Handles IN_1 as good input if its status is bad 4 Handles IN_2 as good input if its status is uncertain 5 Handles IN_2 as good input if its status is bad 6 Handles IN_3 as good input if its status is uncertain 7 Handles IN_3 as good input if its status is bad 8 to 15 Reserved 14 Auto 0 Input block 15 IN_LO s ss n x function 16 IN 1 Auto 0 Auxiliary input 1 17 IN 2 Auto 0 Auxiliary input 2 18 IN 3 Auto 0 Auxiliary input 3 19 RANGE HI Auto
189. g in Bad status when IN status is Uncertain to prevent mode transitions from being affected when it is Uncertain Use Uncertain as Good Target to Manual if Bad IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to MAN when IN falls into Bad status Target to next permitted mode if Bad CAS IN Automatically changes the value of MODE BLK target to Auto or to Man if Auto is not set in Permitted when CAS falls into Bad status 0509 5 77 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A8 16 Auto Fallback Auto fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode from CAS cascade to AUTO automatic and continues automatic PID control with the user set setpoint Auto fallback takes place automatically when the following condition is met IN status data status of IN is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to next permitted mode if Bad CAS IN must be previously specified in STATUS OPTS AND AUTO must be previously set in MODE BLK permitted A8 17 Mode Shedding upon Com puter Failure When the data status of RCAS IN or ROUT which is the setting received from a computer as the setpoint SP falls to Bad while the PID block is running in the RCAS remote cascade or ROUT remote output mode the mode shedding occurs in accordance with the settings in SHED OPT A8 17 1
190. gment is shown below 9 PostTransGapExtension 1 V PhGE 10 MaxInterChanSignalSkew 1 V PhlS 11 TimeSyncClass 1 V TSC 0608 5 66 01 06 00 01 8 DimeBasicInfo 11 PlmeBasicInfo APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS TA0609 EPS 9 PlmeBasicCharacteristics Sub Size ae index Element bytes Value Description 1 Channel 1 0 Statistics data Statistics are not Supported supported 2 Medium 8 0x4900000000000000 Wire medium AndData voltage mode Rates and 31 25 kbps Supported are supported 3 llceVersion 2 0 0403 IEC 4 3 is supported 4 NumOf 1 1 Channels 5 Power 1 10 0 Bus powered Mode 1 Self powered TA0610 EPS 10 ChannelStates Sub Size iz index Element bytes Value Description 1 Channel 1 1 0x00 In Use No Bad since last read No Silent since last read No Jabber since last read Tx Good Rx Good 2 Channel2 1 0x80 Unused 3 Channel 3 1 0x80 Unused 4 Channel 4 1 0x80 Unused 5 Channel 5 1 0x80 Unused 6 Channel 6 1 0x80 Unused 7 Channel 7 1 0x80 Unused 8 Channel8 1 0x80 Unused TA0611 EPS Sub Size Sub Size ee index Element bytes Description index Element bytes Value Description 1 SlotTime 2 Indicates the capability 1 InterfaceMode 1 10 0 Half duplex value for V ST o
191. gorithm referred to as the I PD control algorithm or the PV derivative type PID control algorithm referred to as the PI D control algorithm depending on the mode as described below 8 4 1 PV proportional and derivative Type PID I PD Control Algorithm versus PV derivative Type PID PI D Control Algorithm The I PD control algorithm which is expressed by the equation below ensures control stability against sudden changes in the setpoint such as when the user enters a new setpoint value I PD algorithm also ensures excellent controllabil ity by performing proportional integral and derivative control actions in response to changes of characteristics in the controlled process changes in load and occurrences of disturbances When the PID block is in Auto or RCas mode this I PD algorithm is used for control In Cas mode however the PV derivative type PID PI D algorithm takes over since the response to setpoint changes is more important The control algorithm in use thus switches over automatically in line with the mode transitions The following shows the basic computation formulas of these algorithms PV proportional and derivative I PD control algorithm AT Ti AMVn K APVn PVn SPn S A APVn PV derivative PI D control algorithm AT AMVn K A PVn SPn T Td PVn SPn A APVn Where AMVn change in control output APVn change in measured contro
192. gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Not provided lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt lt OUT Status gt Bad Non Specific Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 lt PV Status gt Provided Uncertain Sensor Conversion _ lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt ON not Accurate Uncertain Non Specific Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific A 30 lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific TA0302 1 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display Alarm Detail COM Circuit Failure 2 AL 03 AMP Module Failure 2 AL 04 Flow Sensor Failure AL 05 DI1 Block DI2 Block lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Device Failure STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Non Specific OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status De
193. hanging Parameters for the Whole Process 6 1 6 3 Transducer Block Parameters 6 2 6 4 Al Function Block Parameters esee 6 5 6 5 Parameters of DI Function Block 6 6 6 6 Integral LCD Indicator ssssssseeeeeneneeennntne 6 7 6 64 Flow Data Display etr tle rene nn 6 7 6 6 2 Display Mode 6 7 IN PROCESS OPERATION 1 1 7 1 7 12 Mode Transitloni iere tute pk ree ep tete Pl trag Ren 7 1 7 2 Generation of Alarm enne 7 1 7 2 4 Indication of 7 1 7 2 2 Alarms and Events 7 3 7 3 Simulation Function 7 3 DEVICE SIATUS u u uqa 8 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 11 9 1 9 1 Standard Specifications u uu uu n u sess 9 1 9 2 Optional 9 3 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 1 TOS AD EX EAE Tu Sa aan asas reer irene 10 1 10 1 1 Technical Data una g u rtt cte eee t ass 10 1 10 1 2 Installation dee ee EE eR Ren 10 2 10 17237 Operation oie eh Ie d 10 2 10 1 4 Maintenance an
194. ic Block The diagram below shows the Arithmetic block schematic IN EXTENSION IN_LO FUNCTION ARITH_TYPE IN 1 1 to 10 OUT ARITH 321036 3 Figure 6 1 Block Arithmetic block is divided into three sections Input section Makes a go no go decision on The range extension function compensates the IN and the use of an input value switches the range and IN_LO input values when two devices with different determines the PV status ranges are connected to make smooth input switch Computation section Makes calculations Ing through ARITH TYPE Output section Applies gain multiplication and bias addition to the calculated result to perform limitation processing for output A 52 IM 01 06 00 01 A6 2 Input Section There are five inputs IN and IN_LO main inputs and IN 1 IN_2 and IN 3 auxiliary inputs IN and IN LO are intended to connect devices with different measurement ranges and allow the use of switching a measurement range by selecting the measuring device However because there are slight differences between IN and IN LO values even when the same item is measured instantaneous switching causes abrupt changes in the output To prevent this phenomenon the Arithmetic block uses a function known as range extension to compensate the IN and IN LO values between RANGE HI and RANGE LO This enables the input to be switched smoothly The result of the range extension functio
195. ign devices having link master functional ity i e LM devices from the smallest address number 0x14 in order and other devices i e basic devices from the largest 0xF7 Assign an address in the range for basic devices to a digitalYEWFLO Only when using a digitalYEWFLO with LM function as an LM device assign an address in the range for LM devices to it These address ranges are determined by the following parameters Table 5 1 Parameters for Setting Address Range Symbol Parameters Description V FUN First Unpolled Node Indicates the address next to the address range used for the host or other LM device V NUN Number of consecutive Unpolled Node Unused address range 0501 5 Any devices within address range written as Unused in Figure 5 1 cannot join the fieldbus Other address ranges are periodically scanned to find any devices newly joining the fieldbus Do not widen the available address ranges unnecessarily the fieldbus communication performance may be severely degraded 0x00 Unused F 8 96 Bridge device 0x13 0x14 LM devices V FUN Unused V NUN MERA NSN Basic devices OxE7 OxF8 Default addresses Portable device addresses F0501 EPS Figure 5 1 Available Range of Node Addresses 5 CONFIGURATION To ensure stable operation of Fieldbus determine the operation parameters and set them to the LM devices While the
196. improvement of reliability If the power is turned off within 60 seconds after setting is made the modified parameters are not saved and the settings may return to the original values Table 4 2 Operation Parameters Parameter Slot Time Symbol Description and Settings V ST Indicates the time necessary for immediate reply of the device Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set maximum specification for all devices For digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater Minimum Inter PDU Delay Minimum value of communication data intervals Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set the maximum specification for all devices For digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater V MID V MRD The worst case time elapsed until a reply is recorded The unit is Slot time set the value so that V MRD XV ST is the maximum value of the specification for all devices For digitalYEWFLO the setting must be a value of 12 or greater Maximum Reply Delay V FUN First Unpolled Node Indicate the address next to the address range used by the host Set 0x15 or greater V NUN Number of consecutive Unpolled Node Unused address range 0401 5 4 2 4 GETTING STARTED 0x00 Not used 0x0F 0x10 Bridge device 0x13 0x14 LM device V FUN Unused V NUN V FUN V NUN BASIC device OxE7 OxF8 Default address OxFB OxFC Portable device address OxFF
197. ing tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 14013 4113 4213 10 OPTS 0x0400 AM 0 5 Options which the user may select to alter input and 0x0000 Al2 output block processing bit 6 Low cutoff 0x0000 AI3 14 4014 4114 4214 STATUS OPTS 0 O S Options which the user may select in the block processing of status bit 3 Propagate Failure Forward bit 6 Uncertain if Man mode bit 7 Bad if limited bit 8 Uncertain if Man mode 15 4015 4115 4215 CHANNEL 1 AH O S The number of the logical hardware channel that is 2 Al2 connected to this I O block This information defines the 5 AI3 transducer to be used going to or from the physical world Al1 Flow rate Al2 Temperature AI3 Volumetric flow rate 16 4016 4116 4216 1 Determines if the values passed by the transducer block to the Al block may be used directly Direct 1 or if the value is in different units and must be converted linearly Indirect 2 or with square root Ind Sqr Root 3 using the input range defined by the transducer and the associated output range Indirect Square Root is not used for the digitalYEWFLO A 4 0102 1 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Index Factory Write index jg Parameter Name Default Mode 17 4
198. ing with a dry cloth on coating face of product 10 1 1 Technical Data Flameproof Applicable Standard EN60079 0 2009 EN60079 1 2007 Certificate DEKRA 11 ATEX0212X Type of Protection Group Category 2G Ex d IIC T6 T1 Gb Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex d IIC T6 Gb Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor Specification of Protection Process Temperature Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Process Temperature T6 29 C to 80 C T5 29 C to 100 C T4 29 C to 135 C T3 29 C to 200 C T2 29 C to 300 C TI 29 C to 450 C T130101 1 eps Note Use HT version above 250 C 10 1 Temperature Class T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Conver tor Ambient Temp 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor with indicator Power Supply 9 to 32Vdc max Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more Intrinsically Safe Applicable Standard EN50014 1997 A1 A2 EN50020 2002 EN60079 27 2006 EN50284 1999 KEMA 03ATEX1136X EEx ia IIB IIC T4 T1 Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Certificate Type of Protection Vortex Flow Detector EEx ia IIB IIC T4 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group II Catego
199. ions in which a PID block changes mode to IMAN initialization and manual and suspends the control action Initialization and manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnor mality handling when the following condition is met The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Bad OR The quality component of BKCAL_IN status is Good c AND The sub status component of BKCAL_IN status is FSA LO NI or IR The user cannot manually change the mode to IMAN A mode transition to IMAN occurs only when the condition above is met IM 01 06 00 01 A8 15 Manual Fallback Manual fallback denotes an action in which a PID block changes mode to MAN manual and suspends the control action Manual fallback takes place automatically as a means of abnor mality handling when the following condition is met IN status is Bad except when the control action bypass is on To enable the manual fallback action to take place when the above condition is met Target to Manual if Bad IN must be specified beforehand in STATUS OPTS The table below shows the options in STATUS OPTS A8 15 1 STATUS OPTS Options in STATUS OPTS IFS if Bad IN Description Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if IN status is Bad except when PID control bypass is on IFS if Bad CAS IN Sets the sub status component of OUT status to IFS if CAS IN status is Bad Does not regard IN as bein
200. its of ALARM PERFORM at relative index 45 act as Switches to disable and enable particular alarms Write zeros to the respective bits to disable desired alarms or write ones to enable them 2 Default Values See the table below it i Factory Default Corresponding Alarms 0 Disable 1 Enable Bit 15 AR 84 to 93 0 Bit 14 IT 80 to 83 0 Bit 13 AI3 77 to 79 0 Bit 12 AL 62 to 64 alarms pertaining to Al1 1 Bit 11 AL 65 to 67 alarms pertaining to Al2 0 Bit 10 AL 68 to 70 alarms pertaining to 011 0 Bit 9 AL 71 to 73 alarms pertaining to 012 0 Bit 8 AL 74 to 76 alarms pertaining to PID 0 Bit 7 Not used Bit 6 Corresponds to parameter K45 in a non Fieldbus type digitalYEWFLO 0 Selects the output action upon occurrence of High Vibration in self diagnostics Bit 5 AL 05 flow sensor fault 1 Bit 4 AL 06 failure of amplifier s input circuit 1 Bit 3 AL 51 transient excessive vibration transient disturbance 0 Bit 2 AL 52 excessive vibration 0 Bit 1 AL 53 flow anomaly clogging 0 Bit 0 AL 54 flow anomaly excessive output fluctuations 0 TA0303 EPS These default bit statuses comprise 0x1070 as the default value of ALARM PERFORM A 39 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS APPENDIX 4 FUNCTION DIAGRAMS OF FUNCTION BLOCKS A4 1 Al Function Block OUT FA0401 EPS Figure A4
201. ity of the power supply 2 Network definition Determines the PD tag and node addresses for all devices 3 Definition of combining function blocks Determines how function blocks are combined 4 Setting tags and addresses Sets the PD Tag and node addresses for each device 5 Communication setting Sets the link between communication param eters and function blocks 6 Block setting Sets the parameters for function blocks The following section describes in sequence each step of this procedure The use of a dedicated configuration tool significantly simplifies this procedure Refer to Appendix 7 when the digitalYEWFLO is used as Link Master 5 1 Network Design Select the devices to be connected to the Fieldbus network The following are essential for the operation of Fieldbus Power supply Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply It is recommended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host Conventional DC current cannot be used as power supply Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Refer to the supplier for details of terminators that are attached to the host Field devices Connect the field devices necessary for instru mentation The digitalYEWFLO has passed the interoperability test conducted by The Fieldbus Foundation In order to properly start Fieldbus it is recommended that the devices used satisfy the req
202. k that the value of IN status of the PID block is not Bad 7 Check that AUTO is set in MODE_BLK permitted of the PID block 8 Set MODE_BLK target of the PID block to AUTO When finishing all steps in order the PID block and AO block exchange the respective information and initialize the cascade connection Conse quently the value of MODE_BLK actual of the PID block changes to AUTO and automatic PID control starts A 79 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 9 DD MENU APPENDIX 9 DD MENU 1 Resource Block Menus Block Info Alert Parameters Block Tag Block Alarm Tag Description Unacknowledged Strategy Alarm State Alert Key Time Stamp Block Mode Subcode Target Value Actual Alarm Sum Permitted Current Normal Unacknowledged Configuration Unreported Block Mode Disabled Target Acknowledge Option Actual Write Priority Permitted Write Alarm Normal Unacknowledged Confirm Time Alarm State Write Lock Time Stamp Feature Info Subcode Features Discrete Value Feature Selection Update Event Cycle Info Unacknowledged Cycle Type Update State Cycle Selection Time Stamp Minumum Cycle Time Static Rev Notify Info Relative Index Max Notif Others Limit Notify Restart Sheding Grant Deny Shed Remote Cascade Grant Shed Remote Out _ Deny SoftDL Protection Sim Enable Message SoftDL Format Hardware Info Diagnostics Alerts Hard Types Block Error Memory Size Resource State
203. k the noise level on the fieldbus segment An error occurs after activation Transient error caused by the internal resetting of the field device Check whether communication with the field device has recovered after a while The new software does not work after the activation The file of the current revision was downloaded Obtain the correct file Failure of the memory in field device etc Check SOFTDWN_ERROR in the resource block and re try downloading If fails place a service call 0102 5 11 8 Resource Block s Parameters Relating to Software Download Table A11 3 Additional Parameters of Resource Block Relative Default Write SR Index Parameter Name Description Index Factory Set Mode 53 1053 SOFTDWN PROTECT 0x01 Defines whether to accept software downloads 0x01 Unprotected 0x02 Protected 54 1054 SOFTDWN FORMAT 0x01 Selects the software download method 0x01 Standard 55 1055 SOFTDWN_COUNT 0 Indicates the number of times the internal FlashROM was erased 56 1056 SOFTDWN ACT AREA 0 Indicates the ROM number of the currently working FlashROM 0 FlashROM 0 working 1 FlashROM 1 working 57 1057 SOFTDWN MOD REV 1 0 0 0 0 0 Indicates the software module revision 0 0 0 58 1058 SOFTDWN_ERROR 0 Indicates an error during a software download See Table A11 4 A 100 TA0103 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 11 SOFT
204. king The type of electrical connection is stamped near the electrical connection port according to the following codes F100104 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 10 1 8 Name Plate Integral type Flameproof VORTEX FLOWMETER digitalIYEWFLO VORTEX FLOWMETER Made in x2 YOKOGAWA TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN Remote type converter Flameproof AFTER DE ENERGIZING DELAY 3 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD SEE USER S MANUAL 200 VORTEX FLOWMETER 1136 X EEx ia IC 4 71 67 29 TO 60 EEx ia IB T4 T IP67 Tamb 29 60 FISCO FIELD DEVICE SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 C 00 ur O THE PROCESS TEMP 2200 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 C THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP REFER TO USER S MANUAL FOR SUPPLY SUPPLY YOKOGAWA Made in 2 TOKYO 180 8750 JAPAN WARNING type detector Intrinsically safe digital ly EWF LO C oga4 116 VORTEX FLOWMETER No 03ATEX1136 X EEx ia IC TATI IP67 Tambi 29 TO 800 EEx ia IB IP67 _ Tamb 29 80 CONNECT 10 Dya SERIES ONLY SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA NOTE USE HT VERSION ABOVE 250 THE PROCESS TEMP 2200 USE THE HEAT RESISTING CABLE OF HIGHER THAN 90 N200 wr
205. lled value PVn PVn 1 AT control period period_of_execution in Block Header K proportional gain GAIN 100 proportional band TI integral time RESET Tp derivative time RATE APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK The subscripts n and n 1 represent the time of sampling such that PVn and PVn 1 denote the PV value sampled most recently and the PV value sampled at the preceding control period respec tively A8 4 2 PID Control Parameters The table below shows the PID control param eters Parameter Description Valid Range GAIN Proportional gain 0 05 to 20 RESET Integral time 0 1 to 10 000 seconds RATE Derivative time 0 to infinity seconds TA0503 EPS A8 5 Control Output The final control output value MV is computed based on the change in control output AMVn which is calculated at each control period in accordance with the aforementioned algorithm The PID block in a digitalYEWFLO performs the velocity type output action for the control output A8 5 1 Velocity Type Output Action The PID block determines the control output OUT value by adding the change in control output calculated in the current control period AMVn to the value read back from the output destination BKCAL IN This velocity type output action can be expressed as OUT BKCAL IN AMVn where AMVn is AMVn scaled based on PV SCALE and OUT SCALE Note MV indicates the PID computation result A8 6 Dir
206. lled party for communication and the address DLSAP or DLCEP used to specify VCR in that address For DLSAP or DLCEP a range of 20 to F7 in hexadecimal is used Addresses in Subindex 2 and 3 need to be set to the same contents of the VCR as the called party local and remote are reversed FasDIISDAP FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnConnect Specifies the quality of communication Usually one of the following types is set Ox2B Server 0x01 Source Alert 0x03 Source Trend 0x91 Publisher Subscriber To establish connection for communication a maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 seconds 60000 FasDIIMaxConfirm DelayOnData For request of data a maximum wait time for the called party s response is set in ms Typical value is 60 secounds 60000 FasDIIMaxDIsduSize Specifies maximum DL Service Data unit Size DLSDU Set 256 for Server and Trend VCR and 64 for other VCRs FasDlIResidual ActivitySupported Specifies whether connection is monitored Set TRUE Oxff for Server This parameter is not used for other communication FasDllTimelinessClass Not used for the digitalYEWFLO FasDIIPublisherTime WindowSize Not used for the digitalYEWFLO FasDIIPublisher SynchronizaingDIcep Not used for the digitalYEWFLO T0504 1 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 Sub Parameter index Description WindowSize
207. lock 3 1003 STRATEGY 1 AUTO The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block 4 1004 ALERT KEY 1 AUTO The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 1005 MODE BLK AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block 6 1006 BLOCK ERR 0 This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 7 1007 RS STATE State of the resource block state machine 8 1008 TEST_RW 0 AUTO Read write test parameter used only for conformance testing and simulation 9 1009 DD RESOURCE _ Spaces String identifying the tag of the resource which contains the Device Description for this resource 10 1010 MANUFAC_ID 0x594543 Manufacturer identification number used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 11 1011 DEV_TYPE 9 Manufacturer s model number associated with the resource used by interface devices to locate the DD file for the resource 12 1012 DEV REV 3 Manufacturer revision number associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 13 1013 DD_REV 1 Revision of the DD associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource 14 1014 GRANT_DENY AUTO Options
208. lock optional IT function block AR function block unction block DI1 function block AI3 function block sional function block i unction bloc Transducer outputting the block temperature for a model with the MV option function Block tag block Output Block tag Parameters Parameters OUT Resource block Block tag Parameters F0301 EPS Figure 3 1 Logical Structure of Each Block Various parameters the node address and the PD tag shown in Figure 3 1 must be set before using the device Refer to Chapter 4 for the setting procedures 3 ABOUT FIELDBUS 3 4 Wiring System Configuration The number of devices that can be connected to a single bus and the cable length vary depending on system design When constructing systems both the basic and overall design must be care fully considered to achieve optimal performance 3 2 IM 01F06F00 01EN 4 4 GETTING STARTED GETTING STARTED Fieldbus is fully dependent upon digital communi cation protocol and differs in operation from conventional 4 to 20 mA transmission and the BRAIN communication protocol It is recom mended that novice users use fieldbus devices in accordance with the procedures described in this section The procedures assume tha
209. lock AI3 Block sw default lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt XD_ERROR gt Input Circuit Failure AL 06 lt PV Status gt Default lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Uncertain Sensor Conversion not 5 STATUS ed ies Accurate Uncertain Non Specific Propagate Fault Forward Uncertain Non Specific ET Active ON Bad Device Failure lt SV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Converter Failure AL 07 lt PV Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure Not provided lt SV Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Other lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt XD_ERROR gt Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 lt PV Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure Not provided lt SV Status gt Bad Sensor Failure lt PV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure Not pro
210. ls IM 01 06 00 01 10 2 5 Installation Diagram Intrinsically Safe and WARNING Integral type Terminator DY Flowmeter O ro Field Instrument Hazardous Location Terminator Non Hazardous Location 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT Remote type DYC Signal Cable Terminator DYA DY N Converter Flowmeter Ao Bo O Field Instrument Hazardous Location S Safety Barrier o 10 7 Terminator Non Hazardous Location Safety Barrier d 1 Wire for T terminal With Temperature sensor type installed Without Temperature sensortype not installed F100201 1 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT FISCO rules The FISCO Concept allows the interconnection of intrinsically safe apparatus to Safety Barrier not specifically examined in such combination The criterion for such interconnection is that the voltage Vmax the current Imax and the power Pi which intrinsi cally safe apparatus can receive and remain intrinsically safe considering faults must be equal or greater than the voltage Uo Voc Vt the current 10 Isc It and the power Po which can be provided by the Safety Barrier supply unit
211. m the setpoint SV and is generally used for constant setpoint and cascaded setpoint control A8 1 Function Diagram The figure below depicts the function diagram of a PID block CAS_IN RCAS_IN IN Mode Control BKCAL_OUT RCAS OUT BKCAL_IN ROUT_IN ROUT_OUT Setpoint OUT Feed forward Output PID Control Computation Input Filter Data Status Management Alarm Processing Output Tracking TRK_IN_D TRK_VAL FA0501 EPS A8 2 Functions of PID Block The table below shows the functions provided in a PID block Function PID control computation Description Computes the control output in accordance with the PID control algorithm Control output Converts the change in control output AMV to the manipulated value MV that is to be actually output Switching of direction of control action Control action bypass Switches over the direction of control action between direct and reverse i e the direction of changes in the control output depending on the changes in the deviation When the bypass is on the value of the SP is scaled to the range of the OUT and output as the OUT Feed forward Adds the value of the FF_ VAL input to the PID block to the output from the PID computation Measured value tracking Equalizes the setpoint SP to the measured value PV Setpoint limiters Limit the value of setpoint SP within the preset upper and lower levels as w
212. m Summary Current Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Limit High High Alarm Subcode Float Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Alarm State Subcode Float Value Low Alarm Set Low Priorit Low Limit Low Alarm Alarm State Subcode Float Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priorit Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Al Standard parameters A 84 Unacknowledged Unacknowledged High High Priority Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Unacknowledged Time Stamp Unacknowledged Time Stamp Unacknowledged APPENDIX 9 DD MENU IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Query Device Standard parameters Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host A 85 6 DI1 FB 7 DI2 FB Menus Menus Block Info Block Info Block Tag Block Tag Tag Description Tag Description Strategy Strategy Alert Key Alert Key Block Mode Block Mode Target Target Actual Actual Permitted Permitted Normal Normal Dynamic Variables Dynamic Variables Field Value Discrete Field Value Discrete Status Status Value Value Process Value Discre
213. mental use a twisted pair cable two to three meters in length with a cross section of 0 9 mm or more and a cycle period of within 5 cm 2 inches may be used Termi nation processing depends on the type of device being deployed For the digitalYEWFLO use terminal lugs applicable to M4 screw terminals Some hosts require a connector Refer to Yokogawa when making arrangements to purchase the recommended equipment Connect the devices as shown in Figure 4 1 Connect the terminators at both ends of the trunk with a minimum length of the spur laid for connec tion The polarity of signal and power must be main Fieldbus power supply tained Terminator F0402 EPS Terminator Figure 4 1 Device Connection Before using a Fieldbus configuration tool other than the existing host confirm it does not affect the loop functionality in which all devices are already installed in operation Disconnect the relevant control loop from the bus if necessary A IMPORTANT Connecting a Fieldbus configuration tool to a loop with its existing host may cause communi cation data scrambling resulting in a functional disorder or a system failure IM 01 06 00 01 4 2 Host Setting To activate Fieldbus the following settings are required for the host A IMPORTANT Do not turn off the power immediately after setting When the parameters are saved to the EEPROM the redundant processing is executed for the
214. mputing Equations 2 55 A6 3 2 Enhanced Computing Functions 55 6 3 3 Compensated 56 A6 3 4 Average 56 A6 4 Output SECTION edu re et eda A 56 A6 4 1 Mode Handling a A 57 A6 4 2 Status Handling A 57 A6 5 List of the Arithmetic Block Parameters A 58 A6 6 Example of A 60 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS A 61 A7 1 Link Active Scheduler ene A 61 A7 2 Link u a nnne nnne nennen nennen nennen A 61 A7 3 Transfer of LAS A 62 ACA DM Functions S uu rp xen SIRE ee ERI Ue PRAE A 63 AT 5 LM Pararmieters u aa anti ayasa te Miei A 64 A7 5 1 LM Parameter List u u uu A 64 A7 5 2 Descriptions for LM Parameters A 66 1 DlmeLinkMasterCapabilitiesVariable A 66 2 DlmeLinkMasterlnfoRecord a A 66 3 PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable A 66 4 LiveListStatusArray Variable
215. n _ VALUE REYNOLDS_ADJUST is set to Active this parameter needs to be set since it is used in the Reynolds number calculation Setting range 0 00001 to 32000 mPa Pas 76 2076 GAS EXPANSION 1 Not Active O S Selects whether to activate expansion correction for a FACT compressible fluid 1 Not Active 2 Active 77 2077 FLOW ADJUST 1 Not Active 0 5 Selects whether to activate instrument error correction for a compressible fluid 1 Not Active 2 Active 78 2078 FLOW_ADJ 0 O S Sets the first to fifth breakpoint frequencies for the _FREQ instrument error correction in an array format Setting range 0 0 to 32000 unit is Hz 1077 79 2079 FLOW ADJ DATA 0 O S Sets the correcting values corresponding to the first to fifth breakpoint frequencies for the instrument error correction in an array format Setting range 50 00 to 50 00 unit is 1342 80 2080 TRIGGER LEVEL 1 O S Sets the trigger level Setting range 0 1 to 20 0 81 2081 NOISE BALANCE 1 Auto O S Indicates the mode of noise balance ratio tuning and MODE allows tuning to be activated 1 Auto Automatic noise balance mode 2 Manual Manual noise balance mode 3 Tuning at Zero Setting this value causes noise balance ratio to be tuned given that the current flow rate is zero then after completion of the tuning the parameter value reverts to 2 Manual 82 2082 NOISE RATIO Indicates the noise balance ratio When the value of NOISE BALANCE MODE is
216. n Flow computing Pressure for Mass Flow Accuracy Density computing by temperature Saturated steam i Temperature range 100 to 330 C using standard steam table IAPWS Temperature base emperature Temperature accuracy 0 1 IF97 International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam 41 7 Density computing by pressure using Saturated steam lt 35m s Pressure range 0 1MPa to Flange rating standard steam table IAPWS IF97 Pressure base 2524 Pressure accuracy 0 2 International Association for the 85m s 80m s Properties of Water and Steam Pressure condition Pressure range 0 1MPa to Flange rating Density computing by temperature and Superheated Temperature Pressure accuracy 0 2 pressure using standard steam table steam and Pressure Temperature condition IAPWS IF97 International Association Temperature range 100 to 450 C for the Properties of Water and Steam Temperature accuracy 0 1 Accuracy is changed by fluctuating Temperature pressure compensation Temperature RS General gas Not fixed and Pressure Deviation factor K computing using gas equation Boyle on Temperature Pressure condition Charles s at fixed Deviation factor K Accuracy is changed by setting value Density computing by temperature Liquid Not fixed Temperature for Temperature compensation factor using equation API JIS K2249 For Natural gas accuracy condition is Pressure condition Pressure range 0 to 12MPa Press
217. n is substituted into PV to be used for calculations A6 2 1 Main Inputs The range extension function determines the PV value in the following order 1 If IN RANGE HI gt PV IN 2 If IN RANGE LO PV IN LO 3 If RANGE HI gt IN gt RANGE LO gt PV g X IN 1 g X IN LO g IN RANGE LO RANGE HI RANGE LO RANGE HI and RANGE LO are threshold values for switching two main inputs seamlessly I I PV IN_LO PV g 3 IN 1 g 3 IN_LO PV IN Formulabasedon I I I 1 and 2 2 2 Range for IN RANGE_LO RANGE_HI FA0302 EPS Figure A6 2 Range Extension Function and PV A 53 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK PV is a parameter with status information and PV 5 status is determined by the value of g If g lt 0 5 The status of IN_LO is used If g 0 5 The status of IN is used Determination of the status is made with a hysteresis of 10 provided for 0 5 If RANGE LO gt RANGE HI the statuses of PV and OUT are Bad Configuration Error Then Configu ration Error is output to BLOCK ERR If there is only one main input the input is incorpo rated into the computation section as is not taking into account RANGE HI and RANGE LO Example Assuming that RANGE LO 20 RANGE HI 300 0301 5 the following established IN 310 IN 10 20 PV 310 IN 230 IN LO 20 gt g 230 20
218. nalClass index 367 is 2 indicating that it is an LM A1 2 Check the values of V ST and V TN in all LMs on the segment and confirm that the following condition is met digitalYEWFLO Other LMs V ST X lt V ST x V TN Q2 How make a digitalYEWFLO be come the LAS A2 1 Check that the version numbers of the active schedules in the current LAS and the digitalY EWFLO are the same by reading LinkScheduleListCharacteristicsRecord index 374 for a digitalYEWFLO ActiveScheduleVersion subindex 3 A 68 A2 2 Q3 A3 1 A3 2 04 APPENDIX 7 LINK MASTER FUNCTIONS Make the digitalYEWFLO declare itself as and become the LAS by writing 0x00 false to PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable in the current LAS and OxFF true to PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable index 364 in the digitalYEWFLO On a segment where a digitalYEWFLO works as the LAS another device cannot be connected Why Check the following bus parameters that indicate the bus parameter as being the LAS for the digitalYEWFLO and the capa bilities of being the LAS for the device that cannot be connected V ST V MID and V MRD of digitalYEWFLO ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord index 369 V ST V MID and V MRD of problem atic device DImeBasiclnfo Then confirm that the following conditions are met digitalYEWFLO Problematic Device V ST V ST V MID V MID V MRD gt V MRD Check that the no
219. nput value of IN 1 or IN 2 whose status is Bad regarding 29 INTEG OPTS 0x0004 Auto 5 Use bad it as a value of Good Carries over excess exceeding the threshold at reset to the next arry integration Note that this does not apply to UP_AUTO or DN_AUTO Interprets an increment as zero if the status of the increment is Bad 7 Add zero if bad After a reset rejects the next reset until Confirm is set to RESET_CONFIRM Generates an alert event at reset 8 Confirm reset 9 Generate reset event 10 15 If both forward and reverse flows are enabled or disabled both forward and reverse flows are integrated Reserved TA0206 1 EPS A 50 IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK Parameter Initial Write Index Name Value Mode Definition 30 CLOCK_PER 86400 0 sec Auto Specify the period at which a periodic reset is made 31 PRE_TRIP 100000 0 Auto Set an allowance applied before an integrated value exceeds the setpoint 32 N RESET 0 0 Indicates the number of resets in the range of 0 to 999999 The ratio of the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments whose status is 33 PCT INCL 0 0 96 Good to the integrated values of the absolute values of the increments irrelevant to the status Equation The threshold value of the ratio of the integrated values of the increments whose 34 GOOD_LIM
220. nt bit 9 of INTEG_OPTS 1 Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG_OPTS If this option is enabled the next reset is rejected until 1 is set to RESET_CONFIRM A 49 ii APPENDIX 5 BLOCK Carry bit 6 of If this option is enabled while is UP_AUTO or DN_AUTO the value exceeding the threshold at a reset will be carried into the next integration If INTEG_TYPE is any setting other than UP_AUTO or DN_AUTO this option is irrelevant Generate reset event bit 9 of INTEG_OPTS If this option is enabled an alert event is generated if a reset occurs IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK A5 7 List of Integrator Block Parameters index Parameter Initial Write Definition Name Value Mode IT1 TAG IT1 Block Tag Information relating to this function block such as block tag 0 BLOCK HEADER pA gt IT2 TAG IT2 o s DD revision execution time 1 ST REV 0 The revision level of the set parameters associated with the Integrator block 2 TAG DESC Spaces Stores comments describing tag information 3 STRATEGY The strategy field is used by a high level system to identify the function block 4 ALERT KEY 1 Key information used to identify the location at which an alert occurred 5 MODE BLK Integrator block mode
221. o DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Tamb 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp T4 135 C T3 200 C T2 300 C T1 450 C Use HT version above 250 C For connection to certified Intrinsically Safe circuit with Supply circuit of Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter Entity Vmax 24V 250 Pi 1 2W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 FISCO IIC Vmax 17 5V Imax 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF FISCO IIB Vmax 17 5V Imax 460mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 Connect sensor circuit of DYA and DY N Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female KS26 ATEX Type n Approval Applicable Standards EN 60079 15 EN 60079 0 Type of protection Ex nL IIC T4 T1 Ge Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Ex nL IIC T4 Gc Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Group Il Category 3G Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Process Temperature T4 29 to 135 C T3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C T1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Degree of Protection of Enclosure IP66 IP67 Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female KN26
222. ock Configuration Error is set 6 DEMAND x x O x 7 PER amp DEM x x O TA0205 EPS When CMD INT has become and a reset was made CMD INT automatically returns to L Even if RESET IN becomes H activating a reset RESET IN does not automatically return to L The RESET IN setting will not be retained if the power is turned OFF A 48 IM 01 06 00 01 A5 6 3 Reset Process ii The basic reset process sequence is as follows 1 Snapshot 2 Clearing the integrated values 3 Reset count increment 4 Judging OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP see A5 5 1 Snapshot Saves the following values in the specified parameters before clearing the integrated values These values will be retained until the next reset is made STOTAL Total SRTOTAL RTotal SSP TOTAL_SP 2 Clearing the integrated values The reset process clears the Total ATotal and RTotal values in the internal registers Total 0 ATotal 0 RTotal 0 3 Reset count increment Each time a reset is made the N_RESET parameter will be incremented The high limit is 999 999 and if this limit is exceeded the count returns to 0 4 Judging OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP see A5 5 OUT_TRIP and OUT_PTRIP are judged again on the basis of the cleared integrated values There are three options relating to a reset 1 Confirm reset bit 8 of INTEG_OPTS H Carry bit 6 of INTEG_OPTS iii Generate reset eve
223. ode 0x02000000 AR in O S Mode AL 30 AR Block is in O S mode 0x00800000 in Man Mode AL 77 Block is in Manual mode 0x00400000 Simulation Active AL 78 Block is in simulation mode 0x00200000 AI3 Not Scheduled AL 79 Block is not scheduled 0x00080000 IT in Man Mode AL 80 IT Block is in Manual mode 0x00040000 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Block is not scheduled 0x00020000 IT Total Backup Err AL 82 IT Total backup failed Last IT Output Value IT OUT Value could not saved 0x00010000 IT Conf Err AL 83 IT Clock Period ITL CLOCK PER is smaller than IT Period of Execution ITLEXECUTION PERIOD 0x00004000 AR in Man Mode AL 84 AR Block is in Manual mode 0x00002000 AR Not Scheduled AL 85 AR Block is not scheduled 0x00001000 AR Range Conf Err AL 86 AR Range High AR RANGE HI is smaller than AR Range Low AR RANGE LOW 0x00000800 AR Temp IN Over Range AL 87 AR Input1 AR IN 1 is over range 0x00000400 AR Press IN Over Range AL 88 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is over range 0x00000200 AR Flow IN NotConnected AL 89 AR Input AR IN is not connected to the volumetric flow 0x00000100 AR Temp IN NotConnected AL 90 AR Input AR IN 1 is not connected to the temperature 0x00000080 AR Press IN NotConnected AL 91 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is not connected to the pressure 0x00000040 AR Comp Coef Conf Err AL 92 AR Compensation Coefficient AR AR FLOW CONFIG Element changed unexpected Ther
224. of the adder into the integrated value Output process section Determines the status and value of each output parameter Reset process section Resets the integrated values IM 01 06 00 01 A5 2 Input Process Section When executed the Integrator block first input processing in the order of performs Determining input status Converting Rate or Accum Determining the input flow direction Switching between Convert Rate and Convert Accum is made using bit 0 for IN_1 or bit 1 for IN_2 of INTEG_OPTS INTEG_OPTS is one of the system parameters and should be set by the user The values of IN 1 and IN 2 are not retained if the power is turned OFF A5 2 1 Determining Input Value Statuses APPENDIX 5 INTEGRATOR IT BLOCK The following shows the correlation between the statuses of input parameters IN 1 IN 2 and the statuses of input values used in the Integrator block Statuses of Input Bit 4 of INTEG OPTS Bit 5 of INTEG OPTS Status of Input Values Parameters IN 1 IN 2 Use Uncertain Use Bad Handled in IT Block Good Irrelevant Irrelevant Good Bad Irrelevant 21 Good Bad Irrelevant L 20 Bad Uncertain 1 Irrelevant Good Uncertain L 20 Irrelevant Bad TA0201 EPS For addition see A5 3 if the status of an input value is Bad the Good value just before the status changed to Bad is used Even if the Use Bad option is us
225. on mode Provided ON AL 64 Block is not scheduled Provided ON AL 65 AI2 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 66 AI2 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 67 AI2 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 68 DI1 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 69 DI1 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 70 DI1 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 71 DI2 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 72 DI2 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 73 DI2 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 74 PID Block is in Bypass mode Provided OFF AL 75 PID Block is failed type 1 error Provided OFF AL 76 PID Block is failed type 2 error Provided OFF AL 77 AI3 Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 78 AI3 Block is in simulation mode Provided OFF AL 79 AI3 Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AL 80 IT Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 81 IT Block is not scheduled Provided OFF IT Total backup failed Last IT Output Value AL 82 ITOUT Value could not saved P Provided OFF IT Clock Period ILCLOCK PER is smaller than IT Provided OFF AL 83 Period of Execution IT EXECUTION PERIOD AL 84 AR Block is in Manual mode Provided OFF AL 85 AR Block is not scheduled Provided OFF AR Range High AR RANGE HI is smaller than AL86 Range Low ARRANGE LOW Provided OFF AL 87 AR Input1 AR IN 1 is over range Provided OFF AL 88 AR Input2 AR IN 2 is over range Provided OFF AL 89
226. ons Status Options Shed Options Back Calculation Hysteresis Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host A 88 Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Alarm Set High High Priority High High Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Low Alarm Set Low Priority Low Limit Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Deviation High Alarm Set Deviation High Priority Deviation High Limit Deviation High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Deviation Low Alarm Set Deviation Low Priority Deviation Low Limit Deviation Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Update Event Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Others Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Standard parameters APPENDIX 9 DD MENU IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 10 METHOD APPENDIX 10 METHOD 10 1 Transducer Block METHOD is a program to facilitate the parameter setting
227. ormally resides TA0505 EPS There are eight modes for a PID block as shown below Block Mode ROut Remote output mode in which the PID block outputs the value set in ROUT_IN Remote cascade mode in which the PID block carries out the PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set via the remote cascade connection such as from a computer and outputs the computed result Description RCas Cas Cascade mode in which the PID block carries out the PID control computation based on the setpoint SP set from another fieldbus function block and outputs the computed result Auto The PID block carries out automatic control and outputs the result computed by the PID control computation Man Manual mode in which the PID block outputs the value set by the user manually LO The PID block outputs the value set in TRK VAL IMan Initialization and manual mode in which the control action is suspended The PID block enters this mode when the specified condition is met see Section A8 14 O S Out of service mode in which neither the control computation nor action is carried out and the output is kept at the value that was output before the PID block entered into O S mode 0506 5 01 06 00 01 A8 9 1 Mode Transitions Transition Destination Condition NOT Mode Conditions O S 1 If O S is set
228. ow Convertor without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Convertor with indicator Power Supply 9 to 32Vdc max Special Fastener Class A2 50 or more Special conditions for safe use 1 For process temperatures above 250 C the flow meters of the HT version must be used 10 11 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 3 2 Installation WARNING All wiring shall comply with local installation requirements and local electrical code Use the suitable heat resisting cables over 90 C for the digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series Vortex Flowmeter when the ambient tempera ture exceeds 60 C and or the process tempera ture exceeds 200 C The cable entry devices shall be certified in type of protection flame proof enclosure d and suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with certified blanking elements in type of protection flame proof enclose d The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Washer 1 Internal grounding terminal 2 External grounding terminal F100301 eps Figure 10 3 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals 10 3 3 Operation A WARNING e Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers e Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and p
229. parameters in Table 5 2 are to be set the worst case value of all the devices to be connected to the same Fieldbus must be used Refer to the specification of each device for details Table 5 2 lists digitalYEWFLO specification values Table 5 2 Operation Parameter Values of digitalYEWFLO to be Set to LM Device Symbol Parameters Description and Settings V ST Slot Time Indicates the time necessary for immediate reply of the device Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set maximum specification for all devices For a digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater V MID Minimum Inter PDU Minimum value of Delay communication data intervals Unit of time is in octets 256 us Set the maximum specification for all devices For a digitalYEWFLO set a value of 4 or greater V MRD Maximum Response The worst case time Delay elapsed until a reply is recorded The unit is Slot time set the value so that V MRD XV ST is the maximum value of the specification for all devices For a digitalYEWFLO value of V MRD xV ST must be 12 or greater T0502 EPS a 5 3 Function Block Link Definitions Link the input output parameters of function blocks to each other as necessary Fora digitalYEWFLO the output parameters of three Al blocks OUTs those of two DI blocks OUT Ds AR block IT block and input output parameters of an optional PID block option should be linked to parameters of
230. pass Mode AL 74 PID Error 1 AL 75 PID Error 2 AL 76 AI3 Simulation Active AL 78 AL 79 IT in Man Mode AL 80 IT Not Scheduled AL 81 IT Total Backup Err AL 82 IT Conf Err AL 83 cheduled AL 85 AR Range Conf Err AL 86 AR Temp IN Over Range AL 87 AR Press IN Over Range AL 88 PID Block A 37 IT Block lt OUT Status gt Default Good NC Non Urgeke STATUS_OPTS Uncertain if Man mode Active Uncertain Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Lost NV Data lt OUT Status gt Bad Device Failure lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error AR Block lt OUT Status gt Good NC Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Configuration Error lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF 0302 8 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display Alarm Detail A
231. pecific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Sensor Failure PID Block IT Block AR Block lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service lt PV_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service A 23 lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Alarm Reset sw default Provided ON Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided ON Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF TA0301 4 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 O
232. perature 96 Temperature as a percentage can only be selected for a model with the MV option 4 Arithmetic Out Output of AR block 21 LOWER DISPLAY MODE Relative Index 71 Selects the data to be displayed on the upper row of the LCD indicator as follows 1 Blank 2 Total Totalized flow rate 3 Temperature Temperature can only be selected for a model with the MV option 4 Integrator Out Output of IT block 22 DISPLAY_CYCLE Relative Index 72 Sets the display refresh cycle of the LCD indicator as a multiple of 500 millisec onds Setting range 1 to 10 500 ms to 5 s Default 1 2 500 ms IM 01 06 00 01 6 4 Al Function Block Param eters Parameters of the three Al function blocks can be read and written from the host Al1 Flow rate Al2 Temperature AI3 Volumetric flow rate for the use of mass flow rate calculation at AR function block For a list of block param eters in each digitalYEWFLO refer to Appendix 1 List of Parameters for Each Block of digitalYEWFLO The following describes impor tant parameters and how to set them MODE BLK Indicates the three types of function block modes Out Of Service Manual and Auto In Out Of Service mode the Al block does not operate The Manual mode does not allow values to be updated The Auto mode causes the measured value to be updated Under normal circumstances set the Auto mode to take effect The Auto mode is the factory default
233. process tem perature exceeds 200 C The cable entry devices shall be certified in type of protection flame proof enclosure d and suitable for the conditions of use and correctly installed Unused apertures shall be closed with certified blanking elements in type of protection flame proof enclose d The grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area Connect the cable to grounding terminal in accordance with wiring procedure 1 or 2 Washer 2 External grounding terminal 1 Internal grounding terminal F100101 eps Figure 10 1 1 Wiring Procedure for Grounding Terminals 10 1 3 Operation A WARNING e Wait 3 min after power is turned off before opening the covers e Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations IM 01F06F00 01EN 10 1 4 Maintenance and Repair AN WARNING 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT The instrument modification or parts replace ment by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the certification 10 1 5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe and Note Integral type Terminator DY Flowmeter ar o O d Field Instrument o4 Field Instrument Hazardous
234. raditional Multiply Divide 6 Average 7 Traditional Summer 8 Fourth Order Polynomial 9 Simple HTG compensated level 10 Fourth Order Polynomial Type 2 There is no density factor parameters in this ARITH_TYPE 32 Saturated steam Temperature 33 Saturated steam Pressure 34 Superheat steam 35 Gas temperature pressure compensation 36 Liquid temperature compensation 37 Gas temperature pressure compensation Detail 38 Liquid temperature compensation Detail ut Density Factor pi Do you set a typical value in the following wade BAS N 1 GANUN 1 IAS IN2 GAN N 2 COMP HL L COMP LOM Bs GAIN OUT MLUM OUT LO_LM Yes No Abort APPENDIX 10 METHOD Set the following parameters BIAS IN 1 0 0 GAIN IN 1 1 0 BIAS IN 2 0 0 GAIN IN 2 1 0 COMP HILIM INF LO LIM INF BIAS 0 0 GAIN 1 0 OUT HLLIM INF OUT LO LIM INF Jump to sub method of Density Factor Setup Display the end message 4 End A 93 IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 10 METHOD 1 Continued pu3 Y0 I03usuo 3 ByuoD wol 21 10 3ueure 3 SuuoO Ae dsig A1ISN3q 3SVH Aejdsig 3iun wold QNI LINN L
235. rrentLinkSettingRecord and 7 MaximuminactivityToClaimLasDelay 2 V MICD ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord 8 LasDatabaseStatusSpduDistributionPeriod 2 V LDDP CurrentLinkSettingRecord indicates the bus 0607 5 parameter settings currently used 3 PrimaryLinkMasterFlagVariable ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord indicates the bus Explicitly declares the LAS Writing true 0xFF parameter settings to be used when the device to this parameter in a device causes that device becomes the LAS Thus when a device is the to attempt to become the LAS However a LAS its CurrentLinkSettingRecord and request of writing true to this parameter in a ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord have the same device is rejected if the value of the same param values eter in any other device that has a smaller node S f TE ub Element Size Descrip address within the same segment is true index bytes tion 1 SlotTime 2 WST 4 LiveEletstatusArtay Variable 2 PerDipduPhlOverhead 1 V PhLO 32 byte 2 pa each represents 3 MaxResponseDelay 1 ine s Biel eevee on 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 1 V FUN segment is live or not The leading bit corre A aT sponds to the device address 0x00 and final bit S D to OxFF The value of 6 MinInterPduDelay 1 V MID LiveListStatusArrayVariable in the case where 7 NumConsecUnpolledNodeld 1 V NUN devices having the addresses 0x10 and 0x15 in 8 PreambleExtension 1 V PhPE the fieldbus se
236. rror Not provided AL 04 The EEPROM F failed Not provided AL 05 The flow sensor failed Provided ON AL 06 The input circuit in the amplifier failed Provided ON AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier failed Not provided AL 08 The temperature sensor failed Not provided AL 20 No function blocks are scheduled Not provided AL 21 Resource Block is in O S mode Not provide AL 22 Transducer Block is in O S mode Not provided AL 23 11 Block is in O S mode Provided ON AL 24 Al2 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 25 DI1 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 26 Dl2 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 27 PID Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 28 Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 29 IT Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 30 AR Block is in O S mode Provided OFF AL 41 Flow rate is over the range Not provided AL 42 The flow rate span setting exceeds the range limit Not provided Temperature is over the range I AF49 Regulated in the upper or m limit value Not provided AL 51 The transient vibration makes the current flow rate Provided OFF output constant AL 52 The high vibration makes the current flow rate output zero Provided OFF AL 53 The shedder bar is clogged with a material Provided OFF AL 54 The current flow rate is fluctuating more than 20 Provided OFF AL 61 Indicator is over the range Not provided AL 62 Block is in Manual mode Provided ON AL 63 Block is in simulati
237. rument and the system please be sure to follow this manual s safety instructions when handling this instrument If these instructions are not heeded the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired In this case Yokogawa cannot guarantee that the instrument can be safely operated Please pay special attention to the following points a Installation This instrument may only be installed by an engineer or technician who has an expert knowledge of this device Operators are not allowed to carry out installation unless they meet this condition With high process temperatures care must be taken not to burn yourself by touching the instrument or its casing Never loosen the process connector nuts when the instrument is installed in a process This can lead to a sudden explosive release of process fluids 1 2 1 INTRODUCTION When draining condensate from the pressure detector section take appropriate precautions to prevent the inhalation of harmful vapors and the contact of toxic process fluids with the skin or eyes When removing the instrument from a hazard ous process avoid contact with the fluid and the interior of the meter All installation work shall comply with local installation requirements and the local electrical code b Wiring The instrument must be installed by an engi neer or technician who has an expert knowl edge of this instrument Operators are not permitted to carry ou
238. ry 1G Maximum Working Pressure 16MPa DY015 to DY200 5MPa DY250 and DY300 Tamb 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Temperature Class Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T4 60 C 135 C T3 60 C 200 C T2 60 C 300 C 1 60 450 C T100101 2 eps Use HT version above 250 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector Temperature Class Ambient Temperature Process Temperature T4 80 C 135 C T3 80 C 200 C T2 80 C 300 C T1 80 C 450 C T100101 3 eps Use HT version above 250 C IM 01 06 00 01 Electrical data Supply and Output Circuit SUPPLY and PULSE and Maximum Input Voltage Ui 30 V Maximum Input Current li 165 mA Maximum Input Power Pi 0 9 W Internal Capacitance Ci 6nF Internal Inductance Li 0 15mH For the connection of DYA to DY N Maximum cable capacitance 160nF Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2 NPT female ISO M20 X 1 5 female Special conditions for safe use 1 For process temperatures above 250 C the flow meters of the HT version must be used 2 Because the enclosures of the flow meters and the flow converter are made of aluminium alloy when used in an potentially explosive atmosphere requiring apparatus of equipment categoly 1 G they must be installed so that
239. s TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific A 25 IT Block BLOCK ERR Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service AR Block lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Alarm Reset sw default Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF Not provided Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON TA0301 6 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 65 AL 66 AL 67 AL 68 AL 6
240. s 18 CAS_IN 0 Cascade setpoint 19 SP RATE DN 1 INF Positive Rate of decrease limit for setpoint SP 20 SP_RATE_UP 1 INF Positive Rate of increase limit for setpoint SP 21 SP HI LIM 100 PV SCALE 10 Upper limit for setpoint SP 22 SP LO LIM 0 PV SCALE 10 Lower limit for setpoint SP 23 GAIN 1 Proportional gain 100 proportional band 24 RESET 10 Integration time seconds 25 BAL TIME Positive Unused 26 RATE Positive Derivative time seconds 27 BKCAL IN 0 Read back of control output 28 OUT HI LIM 100 OUT SCALE 10 Upper limit for control output OUT 29 OUT LO LIM OUT SCALE 10 Lower limit for control output OUT 30 BKCAL HYS 0 5 96 0 to 5096 Hysteresis for release from a limit for OUT status 31 BKCAL OUT 0 Read back value to be sent to the BKCAL IN in the upper block 32 RCAS IN Remote setpoint set from a computer etc 33 ROUT IN Remote control output value set from a computer etc A 71 0502 1 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK Parameter Default Index Name factory setting Write Valid Range Description 34 SHED OPT 0 Action to be performed in the event of mode shedding SHED OPT defines the changes to be made to MODE BLK target and MODE BLK actual when the value of RCAS IN status ROUT IN status becomes Bad if MODE BLK actual RCas or ROut
241. s meter setting by METHOD Set TB block to 00S for para 1 Setup Wizard Method Setup Wizard Method 2 Y Display the start message fleck the Mode Actual automatically judgemen r Auto OOS v Set the following parameter TEMPERATURE_UNIT PROCESS_TEMP 1 the SENSOR STATU automatically judgemen Standard v Built in Temp Sensor Jump to method of FLUID TYPE v Jump to method of THERMOMETER FUNCTION Set the following parameters DENSITY UNIT PROCESS DENSITY 1 lt Yes Set following parameter SIZE SELECT BODY TYPE VORTEX SENSOR TYPE K FACTOR UNIT K FACTOR 71 v Display the PV Range value L pp Y Display the end message Y C END 1 Skip mode including Sub method FLUID_TYPE arameter Liquid Volume Gas Steam Volume Liquid Mass Gas Steam Mass Cancel Abort val C Setup Wizard terminating D Gas STD NormaL v Set the following parameter BASE TEMP 4 et the following parameters PRESSURE_UNIT PROCESS_PRESSURE BASE PRESSURE 71 Set the following parameter DEVIATION 1 C END D 1 Skip mode including A 89 IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 10 METHOD 1 Continued Sub method
242. s de estos art culos antiexplosivos en su idioma local deber ponerse en contacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa m s cercano D Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben met ATEX explosiebeveiliging Ex zijn verkrijgbaar in het Engels Duits en Frans Neem indien u aanwijzingen op het gebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa of met een vertegenwoordiger 1 INTRODUCTION c Kaikkien ATEX Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden k ytt hjeet ovat saatavilla englannin saksan ja ranskankielisin Mik li tarvitsette Ex tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omalla paikallisella kielell nnne ottakaa yhteytt l himp n Yokogawa toimistoon tai edustajaan C gt Todos os manuais de instru es referentes aos produtos Ex da ATEX est o dispon veis em Ingl s Alem o e Franc s Se necessitar de instru es na sua l ngua relacionadas com produtos Ex dever entrar em contacto com a delega o mais pr xima ou com um representante da Yokogawa Tous les manuels d instruction des produits sont disponibles en langue anglaise allemande et fran aise Si vous n cessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Ex dans votre langue veuillez bien contacter votre repr sentant Yokogawa le plus proche lt gt Alle Betriebsanleitungen f r bezogene Produkte stehen den Sprachen Englisch Deutsch
243. s of IN applies IN RANGE LO gt See 62 1 Main Inputs If the status of IN is anything other than good and that of IN LO is good IN lt gt The status of IN LO applies IN LO RANGE HI See A6 2 1 Main Inputs The exception is that if RANGE LO RANGE HI the PV status is made Bad Configuration Error The input status irrelevant to the computing equation selected by ARITH TYPE will be ignored and does not affect other statuses The statuses of outputs OUT Status and PRE_OUT Status are interpreted as the status of the worst input among the statuses of PV and auxiliary inputs 1 IN 2 and 3 to which INPUT OPTS has been applied Example Case 1 Case2 Case 3 PV Good IN 1 Uncertain IN 2 Bad IN 3 Bad Handled as a 1 good input if No option lits status is uncertain INPUT OPTS IN 2 Handled as a good input if its No opti status is bad IN_3 No option ARITH_TYPE 1 Flow compensation linear in A6 3 1 Computing Equations OUT Status Good Uncertain Bad 0304 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK A6 5 List of the Arithmetic Block Parameters Relative Parameter Write Mode Initial Value Description Remarks 0 BLOCK_HEADER O S TAG AR Information relating to this function block such as block tag DD revision and e
244. s the error code of the error of the highest priority from among the errors currently occurring in the transducer block 12 2012 COLLECTION 3 2013 0x80020380 A directory that specifies the number starting indices and DIRECTORY 2028 0x80020382 DD Item IDs of the data collections in each transducer 2031 0x30003 within a transducer block 13 2013 PRIMARY_ Volumetric flow O S The type of measurement represented by the primary VALUE TYPE 101 value Followings are available for the digitalYEWFLO 100 mass flow 101 volumetric flow 14 2014 PRIMARY Indicates the flow rate VALUE 15 2015 PRIMARY_ Note 1 Indicates the flow range VALUE RANGE These values are converted the values of SENSOR RANGE by the unit of XD SCALE and the data of LINE SIZE 16 2016 CAL POINT Max range O S The highest calibrated value To set within the range of Note 2 SENSOR RANGE 17 2017 CAL POINT LO Min range O S The lowest calibrated value To set within the range of Note 3 SENSOR RANGE 18 2018 CAL MIN SPAN Note 1 The minimum calibration span value allowed 19 2019 CAL UNIT m h 1349 O S The engineering unit for the calibrated values Refer to Note 4 Table 6 1 for the unit available A 6 TA0103 1 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative index Parameter Name Factory Default 2 Explanation Index
245. sages allowed 33 1033 CONFIRM TIME 640000 20 5 AUTO The minimum time between retries of alert reports 34 1034 WRITE_LOCK Not locked AUTO If set no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE_LOCK Block inputs will continue to be updated 1 Not locked 2 Locked 35 1035 UPDATE_EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data 36 1036 BLOCK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed A 2 TA0101 2 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 1 LIST OF PARAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO Relative Index Index Parameter Name Factory Default Write Mode Explanation 37 1037 ALARM SUM m The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 38 1038 ACK OPTION Oxffff AUTO 39 1039 WRITE PRI 0 AUTO Priority of the alarm generated by clearing the write lock 0 1 3to 15 40 1040 WRITE ALM This alert is generated
246. so that they include the node addresses of all nodes within the same segment See also Figure A7 3 ConfiguredLinkSettingsRecord digitalYEWFLO Index 369 SM Subindex Element Default Value Description 4 FirstUnpolledNodeld 0x25 V FUN 7 NumConsecUnpolledNodeld V NUN 0603 5 A7 4 Functions No Function Description 1 LM initialization When a fieldbus segment starts the LM with the smallest V ST x V TN value within the segment becomes the LAS At all times each LM is checking whether or not a carrier is on the segment 2 Startup of other Transmits a PN Probe Node nodes PN and message and Node Activation Node Activation SPDU message to devices which SPDU return a new PR Probe Response transmissions message 3 PT transmission Passes a PT Pass Token including final bit message to devices included in the monitoring live list sequentially and monitors the RT Return Token and final bit returned in reply to the PT 4 CD transmission Transmits a CD Compel Data message at the scheduled times 5 Time synchronization Supports periodic TD Time Distribution transmissions and transmissions of a reply to a CT Compel Time 6 Domain download Sets the schedule data The server schedule data can be equalized only when the Domain Download command is carried out from outside the LM in question The version of the schedule is usually
247. ss number A 40 Revised a Node address numbers and Figure A6 3 A 42 Revised a description of Default Factory Setting of Index number 367 5th August 2008 3 1 Addition and revision to 3 2 2 2 3 2 Added A183 AR and IT blocks into Figure 3 1 4 2 Added DEVICE INFORMATION 4 3 Revision of 4 4 5 6 Revision of 5 6 4 5 7 Addition into Table 5 11 5 9 Addition into Table 5 12 5 11 Addition into Table 5 16 6 1 Correction of 6 1 6 2 Addition into 6 3 6 3 4 Correction of 5 8 15 17 20 21 6 5 6 Addition and revision to 6 4 6 7 Addition and revision to 6 5 7 2 Revision of Table 7 1 8 1 t0 3 Addition and revision to 8 9 1 to 5 Addition and revision to 9 A 1 to 39 Addition and revision to Appendix 1 to 3 A 41 to 60 Addition Appendix 5 and 6 A 71 Revision A 80 to 88 Added notes A 89 to 96 Added Appendix 10 A 98 99 Revision A 99 Revision of A11 5 A 105 Revision of Appendix 12 eth August 2012 9 8 9 4 Revision for Explosion proof 10 1 10 2 10 4 10 5 Revision for Explosion proof 10 6 Correction 10 11 10 12 Added IECEx 10 13 Revision for Explosion proof IM 01 06 00 01
248. t 100 High Alarm EU at 0 Unacknowledged Units Index Alarm State Decimal Time Stamp Output Scale Subcode EU at 100 Float Value EU at 0 Low Alarm Set Units Index Low Priorit_ Decimal Low Limit Process Value Filter Time Low Alarm Options Unacknowledged Linearization Type Alarm State Low Cutoff Time Stamp VO Options Subcode Status Options Float Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priorit Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Alarm State Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device A 83 Al Standard parameters Unacknowledged Time Stamp IM 01 06 00 01 Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Field Value Status Value Process Value Status Value Output Status Value Configuration Block Mode Target Permitted Normal Channel Transducer Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 EU at 0 Units Index Decimal Process Value Filter Time Options Linearization Type Low Cutoff VO Options Status Options Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Alert Parameters Block Almarm Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Value Alar
249. t a value to it No reset is accepted starts with the written value or the value just before running in AUTO 0204 5 If you rewrite the value in OUT and RTOTAL while the mode is in MAN or O S N_RESET is incremented A5 6 Reset A5 6 1 Reset Trigger A5 6 2 Reset Timing There are the following five types of reset triggers All items are reset during execution of the function 1 An integrated value exceeds TOTAL SP block Therefore the minimum period of a reset is the 2 An integrated value falls below 0 pha unpaid 3 RESET_IN is H 5 second rule If a reset is made the next reset will not be accepted 4 iod ified in CLOCK_PER f Hot for 5 seconds after that more information see CLOCK_PER in A5 6 2 Even if UP AUTO or DN AUTO is activated and 5 OP CMD INT is 1 E TOTAL SP or 0 is reached within 5 seconds the The table A5 2 shows the correlation between next reset will not be made for 5 seconds from the INTEG TYPE and RESET triggers previous reset Table A5 2 RESET Triggers CLOCK PER 1 2 3 4 5 If INTEG TYPE is PERIODIC 5 or PER amp DEM 7 1 UP AUTO x reset is made at period sec set to the 2 UP_DEM u x CLOCK_PER parameter 3 DN_AUTO x x O If the value in CLOCK_ PER is smaller than the 4 DN_DEMO x x function block s execution period bit 1 of 5 PERIODIC x x x BLOCK_ERR Bl
250. t fieldbus devices will be set up on a bench or in an instru ment shop 4 1 Connection of Devices The following instruments are required for use with Fieldbus devices Power supply Fieldbus requires a dedicated power supply It is recommended that current capacity be well over the total value of the maximum current consumed by all devices including the host Conventional DC current cannot be used as is Terminator Fieldbus requires two terminators Refer to the supplier for details of terminators that are attached to the host Field devices Connect your Fieldbus communication type digitalYEWFLO to a fieldbus Two or more digitalYEWFLOs and other field devices can be connected For the terminal assignment on the digitalYEWFLO see Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Terminal Connection for digitalYEWFLO Terminal Symbols Description SUPPLY EE lt SUPPLY Fieldbus communication signal m Ground Terminal F0401 EPS Host Used for accessing field devices A dedicated host such as DCS is used for an instrumentation line while dedicated communi cation tools are used for experimental purposes For operation of the host refer to the instruction manual for each host No other details on the host are given in this material Cable Used for connecting devices Refer to Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38K03A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling For labora tory or other experi
251. t open 0x00000080 Link Obj 9 25 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000040 Link Obj 10 26 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000020 Link Obj 11 27 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000010 Link Obj 12 28 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000008 Link Obj 13 29 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000004 Link Obj 14 30 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000002 Link Obj 15 31 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0x00000001 Link Obj 16 32 not open The VCR selected in Link object is not open 0701 5 Table 8 2 Contents of DEVICE STATUS 2 Index 1046 Hexadecimal Display through DD Description 0x00000040 Temperature sensor failure AL 08 The temperature sensor is faulty 0x00000020 Temperature converter failure AL 07 The temperature circuit in the amplifier is faulty 0x00000010 Input circuit failure AL 06 The input circuit is in the amplifier is faulty 0x00000008 Flow sensor failure AL 05 The flow sensor is faulty 0x00000004 COM circuit failure 2 AL 03 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 2 error 0x00000002 COM circuit failure 1 AL 02 The fieldbus communication circuit in the amplifier is faulty type 1 error 0x00000001 AMP module failure 1 AL 01 The EEPROM S is faulty T0702 EPS 8 1 IM 01 06 00 01 Table 8 3 Contents of DEVICE_ST
252. t switch signal transferred from the transducer block 18 6018 6118 UPDATE EVT Shows the contents of an update event a change to the Setpoint upon occurrence 19 6019 6119 BLOCK ALM Shows the contents of a block alarm upon occurrence 20 6020 6120 ALARM_SUM 0 AUTO Indicates the current alarm statuses 21 6021 6121 ACK_OPTION Oxffff Unack AUTO Selects whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 22 6022 6122 DISC_PRI 0 AUTO Sets the alarm priority level 23 6023 6123 DISC_LIM 0 AUTO Indicates the status of the input for the discrete alarm 24 6024 6124 DISC_ALM Indicates the status related to the discrete alarm A 12 TA0104 1 EPS IM 01F06F00 01EN APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS APPLICATION SETTING AND CHANGE OF BASIC PARAMETERS A2 1 Applications and Selection of Basic Parameters Setting Item applicable parameters Tag numbers PD TAG Summary Set the physical device PD tag and block tags Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be set for each of these tags Refer to Section 5 4 Setting of Tags and Addresses Calibration range setup XD_SCALE of Al block Sets the range of input from the transducer block corresponding to the 0 and 100 points in operation within the 11 function block The maximum flow rate range in the registered sizing data is the factory default setting
253. t wiring unless they meet this condition Before connecting the power cables please confirm that there is no current flowing through the cables and that the power supply to the instrument is switched off c Operation Wait 5 min after the power is turned off before opening the covers d Maintenance Please carry out only the maintenance proce dures described in this manual If you require further assistance please contact the nearest Yokogawa office Care should be taken to prevent the build up of dust or other materials on the display glass and the name plate To clean these surfaces use a soft dry cloth e Explosion Protected Type Instrument Users of explosion proof instruments should refer first to section 2 1 Installation of an Explosion Protected Instrument of this manual The use of this instrument is restricted to those who have received appropriate training in the device Take care not to create sparks when accessing the instrument or peripheral devices in a hazardous location IM 01 06 00 01 f Modification Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions or damage resulting from any modification made to this instrument by the customer The following safety symbol marks are used in this Manual AN WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situa
254. tain the original file In general an addition to the parameters or blocks requires a device revision update A11 6 Steps after Activating a Field Device When the communication with a field device has recovered after activating the device check using the download tool that the software revision of the field device has been updated accordingly The value of SOFT REV of the resource block indicates the software revision The PD tag node address and transducer block calibration parameters that are retained in the nonvola tile memory inside the target device will remain unchanged after a software download However after a software update which causes an addition to the block parameters or blocks or to the system network management VFD parameters some parameters may be reset to the defaults thus requiring parameter setup and engineering again For details see the table below Also note that a change in the number of parameters or blocks requires the DD and capabilities files corre sponding to the new software revision Table A11 1 Actions after Software Update Contents of Software Update Action Does not change the number Re setup of parameters not of parameters needed Adds a block parameter Setup of the added parameter needed Adds a block Reengineering and setup of the added block s parameters needed Changes the number of Reengineering needed system network management VFD parameters
255. te Process Value Discrete Status Status Value Value Output Discrete Output Discrete Status Status Value Value Configuration Configuration Block Mode Block Mode Target Target Actual Actual Permitted Permitted Normal Normal Channel Channel Process Value Filter Time Process Value Filter Time Options Options Status Options Status Options Diagnostics Alerts Diagnostics Alerts Block Error Block Error Alert Parameters Alert Parameters Block Almarm Block Almarm Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Alarm State Alarm State Time Stamp Time Stamp Subcode Subcode Value Value Alarm Summary Alarm Summary Current Current Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Unreported Unreported Disabled Disabled Acknowledge Option Acknowledge Option Discrete Primary Discrete Primary Discrete Limit Discrete Limit Discrete Alarm Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Alarm State Alarm State Time Stamp Time Stamp Subcode Subcode Value Value Update Event Update Event Unacknowledged Unacknowledged Update State Update State Time Stamp Time Stamp Static Rev Static Rev Index Index Others Others Simulate Discrete Simulate Discrete Grant Deny Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Query Device Standard parameters IM 01 06 00 01 8 IT FB Menus Block Info Block Tag Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Actual Permitted Normal Dynamic Variables Input 1 Status Value Input
256. te Type Vortex Flow Detector T6 Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Process Temp 6 29 to 80 C 5 29 to 100 C 4 29 to 135 C 3 29 to 200 C T2 29 to 300 C 1 29 to 450 C Use HT version above 250 C Ambient Temperature 29 to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter and Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter without indicator 30 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter with indicator Ambient Humidity 0 to 100 RH Electrical Connection ANSI 1 2NPT female ISO M20 x 1 5 female SF2 Technology Institution of Industrial Safety TIIS Japan TIIS explosion proof ExdIICT6 approval Amb temp 20 to 60 C Integral type Flowmeter and Remote type flowmeter Electrical connection JIS G1 2 female JF3 03 02 5 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS IM 01F06F00 01EN 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Setting When Shipped Item Ali for Flow Rate Signal Standard Al2 for Temperature Signal with MV Option Tag number PD_TAG Set to FT1003 by default unless otherwise specified when ordered Output mode L_TYPE Direct Upper and lower calculation range limits The upper range limit will be set to the and unit XD SCALE maximum flow rate range specified in the registered sizing data or to the 0 to 10 40 to 250 Upper lower output range limits and m h range in case of UNCALIBRATION or 40 to 500 F
257. ters of Resource block Transducer block Al block and DI block refer to APPENDIX1 LIST OF W PA RAMETERS FOR EACH BLOCK OF digitalYEWFLO For other function blocks refer to Appendix 2 to 12 0509 5 6 IM 01F06F00 01EN Table 5 11 View Objects for Resource Block Relative VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index Parameter Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 1 ST_REV 2 2 2 2 2 TAG_DESC 3 STRATEGY 2 4 ALERT_KEY 1 5 MODE_BLK 4 6 BLOCK_ERR 7 RS_STATE 1 1 8 TEST_RW 9 DD_RESOURCE 10 MANUFAC_ID 11 DEV_TYPE 12 DEV_REV 1 13 DD_REV 1 14 GRANT_DENY 2 15 HARD_TYPES 2 16 RESTART 17 FEATURES 2 18 FEATURE_SEL 2 19 CYCLE_TYPE 1 20 CYCLE_SEL 1 21 MIN_CYCLE_T 4 22 MEMORY_SIZE 23 NV_CYCLE_T 24 FREE_SPACE 25 FREE_TIME 4 4 26 SHED_RCAS 27 SHED_ROUT 28 FAIL_SAFE 1 1 29 SET_FSAFE 30 CLR_FSAFE 5 7 5 CONFIGURATION Relative VIEW VIEW VIEW VIEW Index Parameter Mnemonic 1 2 3 4 31 MAX NOTIFY 4 32 LIM NOTIFY 33 CONFIRM TIME 34 WRITE LOCK 1 35 UPDATE EVT 36 BLOCK ALM 37 ALARM SUM 8 8 38 ACK OPTION 2 39 WRITE PRI 1 40 WRITE ALM 41 ITK VER 42 SOFT REV 43 SOFT DESC 44 SIM ENABLE MSG 45 DEVICE STATUS 1 4 46 DEVICE STATUS 2 4 47 DEVICE STATUS 3 4 48 DEVICE STATUS 4 4 49 DEVICE STATUS 5 4 50 DEVICE STATUS 6 4 51 DEVICE STATUS 7 4 52 DEVICE S
258. tion of the cascade connection has been completed A 75 APPENDIX 8 PID BLOCK A8 10 Bumpless Transfer Prevents a sudden change in the control output OUT at changes in block mode MODE BLK and at switching of the connection from the control output OUT to the cascaded secondary function block The action to perform a bump less transfer differs depending on the MODE BLK values A8 11 Setpoint Limiters Active setpoint limiters that limit the changes in the SP value differ depending on the block mode as follows A8 11 1 When PID Block Is in AUTO Mode When the value of MODE BLK is AUTO the four types of limiters are in force high limit low limit rate of increase limit and rate of decrease limit Setpoint High Low Limits A value larger than the value of SP HI cannot be set for SP A value smaller than the value of SP LO LIM cannot be set for SP Setpoint Rate Limits The setpoint rate limits are used to restrict the magnitude of changes in the SP value so as to change the SP value gradually towards a new setpoint An increase of the SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Header is limited to the value of SP RATE UP A decrease of the SP value at each execution period period of execution in the Block Header is limited to the value of SP RATE DOWN A8 11 2 When PID Block Is in CAS or RCAS Mode By selecting Obey SP Limits if Cas or RCas in CONTROL OPTS see Section A
259. tion which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices A IMPORTANT Indicates that operating the hardware or software in this manner may damage it or lead to system failure A NOTE Draws attention to information essential for understanding the operation and features 1 3 1 INTRODUCTION IM 01F06F00 01EN ATEX Documentation This procedure is only applicable to the countries in European Union All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products are available in English German and French Should you require Ex related instructions in your local language you are to contact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Ex er tilg ngelige pa engelsk tysk og fransk Skulle De enske yderligere oplysninger om h ndtering af Ex produkter p eget sprog kan De rette henvendelse herom til den n rmeste Yokogawa afdeling eller forhandler CO Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati con Ex sono disponibili in inglese tedesco e francese Se si desidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingua locale mettersi in contatto con l ufficio Yokogawa pi vicino o con un rappresentante gt Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productos antiexplosivos de ATEX est n disponibles en ingl s alem n y franc s Si desea solicitar las instruccione
260. to 60 C Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter 29 to 80 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Detector 40 to 60 C Remote Type Vortex Flow Converter Indoors and Outdoors Type 4X Electrical Parameters Intrinsically Safe Entity Vmax 24V Imax 250mA Pi 1 2W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 FISCO IIC Vmax 17 5V Imax 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF FISCO IIB Vmax 17 5V Imax 460mA Pi 5 32W Ci 1 76nF Li 0 Nonincendive Vmax 32V Ci 1 76nF Li 0 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT 10 2 2 Wiring Explosion proof WARNING All wiring shall comply with National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 and Local Electrical Code e SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES WHEN INSTALLED DIV 2 SEALS NOT REQUIRED Intrinsically Safe AX wore The FM Approved Hand Held Communicator may be connected at any point in the loop between the digitalYEWFLO and the Control Equipment 10 2 3 Operation Explosion proof WARNING Note a warning label worded as follows Warning OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOV ING COVER INSTALL ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL IM IF6A1 01E Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations 10 2 4 Maintenance and Repair WARNING The instrument modification or part replace ments by other than authorized representative of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and will void the approval of FM Approva
261. trin sically Safe Systems for Hazardous Classified Locations and the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA 70 Sections 504 and 505 The configuration of Safety Barrier must be FM Approved under the associated concept Safety Barrier manufacturer s installation drawing must be followed when installing this equipment The Product Name Series are Approved for Class I Zone 0 applications If connecting AEx ib Safety Barrier or AEx ib LS Apparatus to the Product Name Series the 1 8 circuit is only suitable for Class I Zone 1 or Class I Zone 2 and is not suitable for Class I Zone 0 or Class I Division 1 Hazardous Classified Locations 10 No revision to drawing without prior FM Approval 10 8 IM 01 06 00 01 Integral type Vmax 32 Vdc Ci 1 76 nF Terminator Li 0 uH erminator DY Flowmeter 0 Field Instrument e o Field Instrument fae rminator o o Hazardous Location Nonincendive Power Supply Remote type Vmax 32 Vdc 10 EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT DYC Signal Cable DY N Flowmeter Ci 1 76 nF Terminator Li 0 uH erminator DYA Converter Ao OA T oB P a To OT 1 C I 25 Lo Field Instrument 4
262. ts the operating condition of the block Actual Indicates the current operating condition Permit Indicates the operating condition that the block is allowed to take Normal Indicates the operating condition that the block will usually take Note 2 The followings are the operating conditions which the individual blocks will take Al T d R DI Function jc i E Function Block ina 98 Block Automatic Auto Yes Yes Yes Yes Manual Man Yes Yes Out of Service O S Yes Yes Yes Yes TA0202 EPS Note Refer to Appendix 1 List of parameters for each block of the digitalYEWFLO for details of the Write Mode for each block A2 3 Setting the Al Function Blocks Each digtalYEWFLO contains two Al function blocks Al1 and Al2 having independent param eters Set up the parameters of each Al block you use individually as necessary The Al1 block performs the flow rate output calculation standard 1 1 Setting the calibration range Access the XD SCALE parameter Set the required unit in Unit Index of XD SCALE Set the upper range limit in EU at 10096 of XD SCALE Set the lower range limit in EU at 096 of XD SCALE Set the decimal point position in Decimal Point of XD SCALE 0202 5 Example To measure 0 to 100m h Set m h 1349 in Units Index of XD SCALE Set 100 in EU at 100 of SCALE and Set 0 in EU at 096 of XD SCALE IM 01 06 00 01 APPEND
263. tus gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Provided lt OUT Status gt Uncertain Non Specific OFF Not provided Provided ON Provided ON Provided ON 0301 5 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 27 AL 28 AL 29 AL 30 AL 41 AL 42 AL 43 AL 51 AL 52 AL 53 AL 54 AL 61 AL 62 AL 63 AL 64 Alarm Detail PID O S Mode AL 27 AI3 O S Mode AL 28 IT O S Mode AL 29 AR O S Mode AL 30 Flow Rate Over Range AL 41 Flow Span Exceed Limit AL 42 Temp Over Range AL 43 Transient Vibration AL 51 High Vibration AL 52 Clogging AL 53 Fluctuating AL 54 Indicator Over Range AL 61 Al1 in Man Mode AL 62 Al1 Simulation Active AL 63 Not Scheduled AL 64 DI1 Block lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific DI2 Block PID Block BLOCK ERR Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific PV D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific OUT D Statu
264. ubcode Float Value High Alarm Set High Priority High Limit High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Alarm Set Low Priority Low Limit Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Low Low Alarm Set Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update State Time Stamp Static Rev Index Others Simulation Enable Simulation Disable Grant Deny Grant Deny Query Device Al Standard parameters A 82 APPENDIX 9 DD MENU IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 9 DD MENU Note Parameter name may differ according to a tool or host 4 Al2 FB Menus Block Info Diagnostics Alerts Block Tag Block Error Tag Description Alert Parameters Strategy Block Almarm Alert Key Unacknowledged Block Mode Alarm State Target Time Stamp Actual Subcode Permitted Value Normal Alarm Summary Dynamic Variables Current Field Value Unacknowledged Status Unreported Value Disabled Process Value Acknowledge Option Status Alarm Hysteresis Value High High Alarm Set Output High High Priority Status High High Limit Value High High Alarm Configuration Unacknowledged Block Mode Alarm State Target Time Stamp Actual Subcode Permitted Float Value Normal High Alarm Set Channel High Priority Transducer Scale High Limit EU a
265. uirements of the above test Host Used for accessing field devices A minimum of one device with bus control function is needed Cable Used for connecting devices Refer to Fieldbus Technical Information TI 38K3A01 01E for details of instrumentation cabling Provide a cable sufficiently long to connect all devices For field branch cabling use terminal boards or a connection box as required First check the capacity of the power supply The power supply capacity must be greater than the sum of the maximum current consumed by all devices to be connected to Fieldbus For the digitalYEWFLO the maximum current power supply voltage 9 to 32 VDC is 11 mA The cable used for the spur must be of the minimum possible length 5 2 Network Definition Before connection of devices with Fieldbus define the Fieldbus network Allocate PD tags and node addresses to all devices excluding such passive devices as terminators The PD tags are the same as conventional tag numbers assigned to devices Up to 32 alphanu meric characters may be used for definition of the PD tag for each device Use hyphens as delimit ers as required The node addresses are used to locate devices for communication purposes Since a PD tag is too long a data value the host substitutes the node addressed for PD tags in communication IM 01 06 00 01 Node addresses can be set to numbers in a range of decimal 20 to 247 hexadecimal 14 to F7 Ass
266. uncertain and IN LO Use uncertain for the IN and LO inputs When these options are valid IN and IN LO are internally interpreted as good IN and IN LO even if their statuses are uncertain There is no option for bad status For the IN 1 IN 2 and 3 auxiliary inputs there are options known as 1 Use uncertain and IN i Use bad If these options are valid an i with uncertain or bad status is internally interpreted as a good IN i The exception is that if the input status is Bad Not Connected INPUT OPTS does not apply and the input is considered bad as is A6 2 4 Relationship between the Main Inputs and PV The value and PV status are determined by the statuses of two main inputs OPTS and RANGE LO and RANGE HI If the statuses of two main inputs are both good or anything other than good See A4 2 1 Main Inputs If only one of two main inputs has good status after application of INPUT_OPTS the PV value is determined as follows If the status of IN is good and that of IN LO is anything other than good IN gt RANGE_LO PV IN IN RANGE_LO See A6 2 1 A 54 APPENDIX 6 ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK If the status of IN is anything other than good and that of LO is good IN LO RANGE HI PV IN LO IN LO RANGEH See 6 2 1 If the status of IN is good and th
267. ure signal 0 2 For Natural gas Temperature condition gas 1 1 Temperature range 10 to 65 C For natural gas AGA No 8 is applied for including Natural 35m s Temperature signal 0 1 temperature pressure compensation and Pressure p g du gas 1 6 computing 85m s 80m s General gas is computed using physical For general gas and liquid DIPPR properties supported by DIPPR database is applied AIChE database American Institute of Chemical AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers for Mass flow computing Engineers Density parameters are downloaded by FSA120 FieldMate Flow Navigator Computed using physical properties Liquid Not fixed Temperature supported by DIPPR database AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers 1 Mass Flow Accuracy for Steam and Natural gas is computed adding by Temperature and Pressure compensation based on Volumetric Flow Accuracy 2 Mass Flow Accuracy for Al output is the same as Smart type BRAIN HARTprotocol Refer to GS 01F06A00 01EN 3 This temperature range differs to the equipment specification of digitalYEWFLO 9 1 01 01 IM 01F06F00 01EN 9 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Mass Flow or Volumetric Flow at Nominal Standard condition Accuracy using Arithmetic AR function block when Multi variable type MV and outer pressure sensor are used Accuracy 96 of Reading
268. us communication type 6 5 IM 01F06F00 01EN Table 6 3 Setting Range of EU at 100 of XD SCALE Depending on Unit Block Unit Selected Setting Range of EU at 100 See Table 6 2 above 0 0 Al2 C 273 15 to 999 9 F 459 67 to 999 9 AI3 See Table 6 2 above 0 0 T0518 EPS OUT SCALE Sets the range of output from 0 to 100 Available units for OUT SCALE are the Table 5 17 units for XD SCALE and percentage L TYPE Specifies the operation function of the block The factory default is Direct so the input delivered to CHANNEL is directly re flected on OUT If set to Indirect scaling by XD SCALE and OUT SCALE is carried out and is reflected on OUT Indirect SQRT is not used for a digitalYEWFLO PV FTIME Sets the time constant of the damping function within Al block primary delay in seconds Alarm Priority Indicates the priority of the process alarm If a value of 3 or greater is set an alarm is trans mitted The factory default is 0 Four types of alarm can be set HI PRI HI HI PRI LO PHI and LO LO PHI Alarm Threshold Sets the threshold at which a process alarm is generated The factory default setting is a value that does not generate an alarm Four types of alarm can be set HI LIM HI HI LIM LO LIM and LO LO LIM 6 EXPLANATION OF BASIC ITEMS 6 5 Parameters of DI Function Block DI function blocks work based on the limit switch signals generate
269. ver such increases in feed current A CAUTION Upon completion of the activation the target fieldbus device performs resetting internally which temporarily halts fieldbus communication and function block executions Be especially careful about a valve positioner the output air pressure will fall to the minimum level i e zero AN CAUTION Do not turn off the power to a field device or disconnect the download tool during a download or activation The device may fail as a result AN NOTE Be careful about the noise on the fieldbus link If the fieldbus is noisy the downloading may take a very long time or fail A11 5 Download Files Download files have the following filenames with the filename extension of ffd Take care to choose the correct download file for the target field device 594543 device family device type 0 software name domain name software revision For example the name of the download file for the DYF may have the following name 5945430009_0009_DYF SD_ORIGINAL_R202 ffd Refer to A11 10 3 DOMAIN HEADER about each keyword of the file name A 98 IM 01 06 00 01 The device type is 0009 for the digitalYEWFLO The software name is ORIGINAL or UPDATE The former indicates an original file and the latter an update file Whenever performing a download to update the device revision ob
270. verting Accumulation 2 A 43 A5 2 4 Determining the Input Flow Direction A 43 A5 3 Adder cus d cte intus Celso ER eet ins A 43 A5 3 1 Status of Value after Addition A 43 5 3 2 Addio M idest e t Ucet A 44 Integratori Lien ERR Aces A 44 Ab 5 Output Process eee ah alan eee A 46 A5 5 1 Status Determination sse A 46 A5 5 2 Determining the Output A 47 5 5 3 Mode Handling A 48 ABO CBHOSOL bau kS dire fe A 48 ADOI Reset TrIGger ee eere ete e Rees A 48 5 6 2 Reset Timing A 48 Ab 6 3 Heset PrOCeSS Uu secrete ee ue pectet e ER A 49 A5 7 List of Integrator Block Parameters A 50 APPENDIX 6 Enhanced ARITHMETIC AR BLOCK A 52 A6 1 Schematic Diagram of Arithmetic Block A 52 A62 Input Section ci teo Mr net hr s be iate plea A 53 A6 2 1 Main Inputs u ee e A 53 A6 2 2 Auxiliary nennen A 53 A6 2 9 INPUT iiia eer ne et A 54 A6 2 4 Relationship between the Main Inputs and PV A 54 iii IM 01 06 00 01 A6 3 Computation 55 A6 3 1 Co
271. vice Failure lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt PV_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt OUT_D Status gt Default Bad Non Specific STATUS_OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure lt PV_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt Bad Non Specific lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific lt OUT_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific A 21 IT Block AR Block Alarm Reset sw default Not provided Not provided Not provided Not provided Provided ON 0301 2 5 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE m Alarm Detail Display AL 06 Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter AL 07 Eailure AL 07 Temp Sensor AL 08 ilure AL 08 No FB Scheduled AL 20 la 0 RB in O S Mode AL TB O S Mode AL22 AL 22 Al1 O S Mode AL 23 Al2 O S Mode AL 24 DI1 O S Mode AL 25 DI2 O S Mode AL 26 RS Block Alarm Reset TR Block Block AI2 B
272. vided lt SV Status gt Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service OUT Status Bad Out of Service Not provided Not provided lt PV Status gt lt PV Status gt Bad Out of Service Bad Non Specific lt SV Status gt lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Bad Non Specific lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service A 22 lt BLOCK_ERR gt Out of Service lt OUT Status gt Bad Out of Service Provided ON Provided OFF Provided OFF Provided OFF TA0301 3 EPS IM 01 06 00 01 APPENDIX 3 OPERATION OF EACH PARAMETER IN FAILURE MODE LCD Display AL 06 AL 07 AL 08 AL 20 AL 21 AL 22 AL 23 AL 24 AL 25 AL 26 Alarm Detail Input Circuit Failure AL 06 Temp Converter Failure AL 07 Temp Sensor Failure AL 08 No FB Scheduled AL 20 RB in O S Mode AL 21 TB O S Mode AL 22 AI O S Mode AL 23 Al2 O S Mode AL 24 DI1 O S Mode AL 25 DI2 O S Mode AL 26 DI1 Block DI2 Block lt PV_D Status gt TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non Specific STATUS OPTS Propagate Fault Forward Active Bad Device Failure OUT D Status TARGET in TB s LIMSW PRIMARY VALUE Uncertain Non Specific TARGET in TB s LIMSW SECONDARY VALUE Default Bad Non S
273. x Parameter Name Factory Default Wilts Explanation Index Mode 89 2089 SENSOR 0 O S Record of the following errors regarding the sensor This ERROR AUTO record will be automatically cleared when no error has RECORD occurred for a month Recorded errors Flow over output Span set error Pre amp fault EEPROM fault Sensor fault Transient noise High vibration Clogging Fluctuating Temp over output Over temp Temp sensor fault Temp convert fault Setting range 0 only Setting 0 clears the record 90 2090 MODEL digitalYEWFLO O S Model of the flowmeter converter AUTO 91 2091 ALARM SUM 0 O S Indicates the entire block s alarm statuses Disable can AUTO only be set 153 2153 VOLUME_FLOW Indicates the volumetric flow rate 154 2154 VOLUME Indicates the unit of VOLUME FLOW It links the unit of FLOW UNIT XD SCALE of AI3 Note 1 The value changes in line with a change to the SIZE SELECT value or to the unit setting in SCALE of the corresponding Al block Note 2 An intended value which meets both of the following conditions can only be written CAL POINT LO the intended value and SENSOR RANGE EU 100 gt intended value Note 3 An intended value which meets both of the following conditions can only be written CAL POINT HI the intended value and SENSOR RANGE EU 100 gt intended value Note 4 The flow rate unit can only be written see also the corresponding parameter descriptions in the
274. xecution time Indicates the revision level of the set parameters associated with the Arithmetic 1 ST_REV 0 block If a setting is modified this revision is updated It is used to check for parameter changes etc 2 TAG DESC Auto Null A universal parameter that stores comments describing tag information 3 STRATEGY Auto 1 A universal parameter intended for use by a high level system to identify function blocks Key information used to identify the location at which an alert has occurred A Generally this parameter is used by a high level system to identify specific areas in a 4 ALERT KEY uto 1 plant that under the control of specific operators to separate necessary alerts only This is one of the universal parameters 5 MODE BLK AUTO A universal parameter representing the operation status of the Arithmetic block It consists of the Actual Target Permit and Normal modes Indicates the error status relating to the Arithmetic block 6 BLOCK ERR 0 The bit used by this function block is as follows Bit 1 Block Configuration Error Bit 15 O S mode The result of a range extension function is substituted into this 7 PV 0 When viewed from the computing equation PV is the main input 8 OUT MAN 0 Block output 9 PRE OUT 0 Always indicates the calculation result value is substituted into OUT mode 10 PV_SCALE O S Indicates PV scaling for making a memo 11 OUT_RANGE Auto Output scalin

User`s Manual Model DY Vortex Flowmeter Model DYA Vortex Flow

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents